Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.

hrc · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker hrc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TO OUR FELLOW 
SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES
AND CUSTOMERS

2015 WAS A REMARKABLE YEAR FOR OUR COMPANY, ONE OF 
THE MOST SUCCESSFUL IN OUR 86-YEAR HISTORY. We have reshaped 
our business in significant ways, expanded our portfolio and increased the value we bring to our 
customers. We posted record revenue and adjusted earnings due to the strength of our recently 
acquired businesses and continued growth in our core businesses. We significantly expanded our 
presence across a variety of health care settings with the acquisition of Welch Allyn, bringing us 

into the doctor’s office for the first time. 

Throughout the year we continued to improve our operations, aggressively manage our costs and enhance  
our product offerings. I want to thank our 10,000 global employees for their dedicated efforts in support of our 
2015 success.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

We are proud of the financial results we achieved in 2015. Our 
performance exceeded expectations as we posted record revenue  
and adjusted earnings, while also improving our operating margin. 

We achieved $2.0 billion in revenue for the year, an increase of 18 percent – 
or 24 percent on a constant currency basis. This includes contributions 
from our recent Trumpf Medical and Welch Allyn acquisitions, as well 
as strong organic performance, as excluding acquisitions, we achieved 
7 percent constant currency growth. Adjusted earnings per share was 
$2.64, up 17.3 percent over last year. 

24% revenue 
increase, constant 
currency

17.3% adjusted 
earnings per 
share increase

HILL-ROM LET TER TO SHAREHOLDERS

 13.4% North 
America segment 
revenue increase, 
constant currency

Completed the  
$2 billion acquisition 
of Welch Allyn

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

These results were driven by strong growth in North America 
and Surgical and Respiratory Care, and were enhanced by our 
acquisitions of Trumpf Medical and Welch Allyn. Performance 
in our International business, which declined two percent, 
at constant currency, offset this growth and was driven 
largely by challenges in the Middle East and Europe. Our Asia 
business had another solid year, with double-digit constant 
currency growth. As we have in recent years, we continued 
our efforts to aggressively manage the business, streamline 
our operations and reduce costs. We announced the 
closure of manufacturing facilities in Redditch, England, and 
Charleston, South Carolina, as part of a multi-faceted effort to 
increase the efficiency of our global supply chain. 

Throughout the year we continued to build momentum, and 
our fourth quarter set records for our company, a gratifying 
capstone to an exciting year. Fourth quarter revenue of $574 
million represented a 25 percent increase on a constant 
currency basis compared to Q4 2014. This was attributable 
to strong performance in our North America capital business 
and the Trumpf Medical and Welch Allyn acquisitions. 

Our track record of disciplined capital deployment reflects 
a healthy balance between investing in the business and 
returning cash to shareholders. The Welch Allyn acquisition  
is the largest in our history, and as we continue the 
integration of the two businesses our focus now is on 
accelerating the growth of the company, improving our 
profitability and responsibly managing our balance sheet. We 
will continue to explore strategic transactions that strengthen 
our existing platforms and continue to evolve our portfolio. 

All told, the financial results we delivered this year 
demonstrate our ability to successfully execute our strategy 
and leave us well-positioned to continue to achieve our goals 
and create value for our shareholders in 2016.

OUR PERFORMANCE EXCEEDED EXPEC TATIONS AS WE POSTED 
RECORD RE VENUE AND ADJUSTED EARNINGS, WHILE ALSO 
IMPROVING OUR OPER ATING MARGIN. 

HILL-ROM LET TER TO SHAREHOLDERS

WELCH ALLYN  
AT-A-GLANCE

2,500

Employees in 26 
Countries

$700

Million in Revenue

Product Categories
> Physical Assessment
> Vital Signs Monitoring
> Diagnostic Cardiopulmonary
> Software and Services
> Thermometry

OUR EXPANDING PORTFOLIO

Welch Allyn brings to Hill-Rom an incredibly valuable 
global brand with a portfolio that adds significant 
depth and breadth to our company, bringing us fully 
into front-line patient care. I could not be more excited 
by the acquisition of Welch Allyn and how it is already 
contributing significantly to the value that we bring to our 
customers and patients around the world. In addition to 
expanding our portfolio in ways that increase the clinical 
and economic value we bring to our customers, the 
acquisition provides a strong recurring revenue stream 
and an opportunity to expand our offerings across both 
the Hill-Rom and Welch Allyn channels. 

Welch Allyn is the latest in a series of acquisitions that have 
significantly changed our business. In 2009, our business 
looked quite different than it does today – it was smaller 
and more reliant on the often-volatile hospital bed and 
equipment market. With the acquisitions of Aspen, Trumpf 
Medical and Welch Allyn, we have reshaped our company. 
We are larger, have a more diversified revenue stream and 
have significantly improved our financial profile.

E
U
N
E
V
E
R

9
0
0
2

Service
         Other
     15%

/

ental            
3%      

R

 3

%

l
a

a re Capit

5 2
Acut e   C

$1.4B

R
E
V
E
N
U
E

2
0
1
5

P
R
O
F
O
R
M
A

al      R e

n

t a l

Service/
       Other    
%   1 5 %    11%     

c
i
g
r
u
S

7
1

A

c

u

t

e

3
1

%

C
a
r
e
 C

apital

W

26%
elch Ally n

$2.6B

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions are not the only way we are expanding and improving our offerings to customers. We increased our 
research and development spending over 25 percent compared to last year, which allowed us to refresh major 
product lines and introduce new ones. Our R&D team has been consistently delivering new products over the last 
several years and our manufacturing team has met the challenge to ensure smooth launches. 

CLINICAL FOCUS AREAS

ADVANCING 
MOBILITY

WOUND CARE 
AND PREVENTION

CLINICAL 
WORKFLOW

SURGICAL SAFETY 
AND EFFICIENCY

RESPIRATORY 
HEALTH

Our development efforts remain centered on our five clinical focus areas, and include important new product offerings: 

•  The Compella™ Bariatric Bed and the LikoGuard® Lift System. These products are aimed at providing a state-of-
the-art solution to help hospitals treat their increasing number of bariatric patients with the care and dignity 
those patients deserve. 

•  The Trumpf Medical™ iLED7® Surgical Light is a breakthrough lighting system that uses 3D sensor technology 
to continuously analyze the surgical area and adapt the lighting conditions automatically. Lighting changes 
that could interfere with a surgeon’s view, such as shadows cast by the surgical staff, are automatically detected 
and the lights adjust accordingly to ensure even, adequate light throughout the procedure.

Carefully designed, easy-to-use, clinically compelling and high-quality products like these are the foundation of our 
relationship with our customers as a premier med tech partner. But our promise to our customers runs deeper.

Hill-Rom has made strong relationships with our customers the centerpiece of our business since our earliest days. 
Our Enterprise Accounts team brings that same focus on customer needs to its work with some of the largest health 
systems in the world. In the last several years, we’ve been granted a number of large, multi-year contracts due to 
the team’s dedication to understanding the needs of our customers and identifying product offerings across the full 
spectrum of our portfolio that meet those needs. Our work extends well beyond the contract phase, however. We work 
closely and seamlessly with member hospitals to ensure a smooth transition and ongoing support. Our high-touch 
approach ensures we provide more than just clinical solutions to our customers; we become a true partner in care.

I hope you will visit ir.hill-rom.com to learn more about all we accomplished in 2015. Looking ahead to 2016,  
Hill-Rom now provides offerings across the continuum of care, from the clinic, throughout the hospital and 
continuing through the transition back into the home. 

I speak for all of us at Hill-Rom when I say that we are proud of what we’ve accomplished and humbled, honored 
and energized by its impact on the patients and caregivers who rely on our products. We remain deeply committed 
to our mission: Every day, around the world, we enhance outcomes for patients and their caregivers.

Thank you for supporting our work in 2015 and in the years to come.

JOHN J. GREISCH,  
PRESIDENT AND CEO, HILL-ROM

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

 (Mark One) 

 Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 
OR 

  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from ____ to ____ 
Commission File No. 1-6651 

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Indiana 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

35-1160484 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 4100 
Chicago, IL 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

60601 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 819-7200 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, without par value 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes                        No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934. 

Yes                        No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file 
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes                        No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 

Yes                        No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference 
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a 

smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer        Non-accelerated filer        Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Yes                        No 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  voting  common  equity,  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant,  was  approximately 
$2.8 billion,  based  on  the  closing  sales  price  of  $49.00  per  share  as  of  March  31,  2015  (the  last  business  day  of  the  registrant’s  most 
recently completed second fiscal quarter). There is no non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates. 

The registrant had 65,169,068 shares of its common stock, without par value, outstanding as of November 12, 2015. 
Documents incorporated by reference. 
Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting 

of Shareholders to be held on March 15, 2016 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. 

Annual Report on Form 10-K 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
Disclosure Regarding Forward Looking Statements ........................................................................................  
Item 1.  Business     ........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments  ............................................................................................................................  
Item 2.  Properties  .........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings  ............................................................................................................................................  
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures (not applicable)  ........................................................................................................  

PART II 

Item 5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity
Securities  .........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data  ...................................................................................................................................  
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  ..........................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  .........................................................................  
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  ................................................................................................  
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  .........................  
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures  ..................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information  ............................................................................................................................................  

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  ...............................................................................  
Item 11.  Executive Compensation ..................................................................................................................................  
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   .......  
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence  ..................................................  
Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services  ..........................................................................................................  

PART III 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  ...................................................................................................  
SIGNATURES  ................................................................................................................................................  

PART IV 

Page

3
3
9
15
15
16
16

17
19
20
40
41
80
80
80

81
81
81
81
81

82
84

2 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART I 

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Certain  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contain  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meanings  of  the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 regarding our future plans, objectives, beliefs, expectations, representations 
and projections. 

Forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance,  and  our  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from 
those  set  forth  in  any  forward-looking  statements.  Factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  from  forward-looking 
statements include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. 

Item 1. BUSINESS 

General 

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Hill-Rom,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was incorporated on August 7, 1969 in the State 
of  Indiana  and  is  headquartered  in  Chicago,  Illinois.  We  are  a  leading  global  medical  technology  company  with 
approximately 10,000 employees worldwide. We partner with health care providers in more than 100 countries by focusing 
on patient care solutions that improve clinical and economic outcomes in five core areas: Advancing Mobility, Wound Care 
and Prevention, Clinical Workflow, Surgical Safety and Efficiency, and Respiratory Health. Around the world, Hill-Rom's 
people, products, and programs work towards one mission: Enhancing outcomes for patients and their caregivers. 

Segment Information 

We  operate  and  manage  our  business  within  three  reportable  segments,  each  of  which  is  generally  aligned  by  region  or 
product type. The segments are as follows: 

  North  America  -  sells  and  rents  our  patient  support  and  near-patient  technologies  and  services,  as  well  as  our 

clinical workflow solutions, in the U.S. and Canada. 

  Surgical and Respiratory Care - sells and rents our surgical and respiratory care products globally. 

 

International -  sells  and  rents  similar  products  as  our  North  America  segment  in  regions  outside  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada. 

Net revenue, segment profitability and other measures of segment reporting for each reporting segment are set forth in Note 
11  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  under  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Form  10-K.  No  single  customer 
accounts for more than ten percent of our revenue. 

In September 2015, we acquired Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc. (“Welch Allyn”). The results of Welch Allyn’s operations for 
the 22 days under our ownership are reported as a reconciling item in our segment disclosures for the year ended September 
30, 2015. 

Products and Services 

We  have  extensive  distribution  capabilities  and  broad  reach  across  all  health  care  settings.  We  primarily  operate  in  the 
following channels: (1) sales and rentals of products to acute and extended care facilities worldwide through both a direct 
sales force and distributors; (2) sales and rentals of products directly to patients in the home; and (3) sales into primary care 
facilities (primarily Welch Allyn products). Through our network of approximately 160 North American and 50 international 
service  centers,  and  approximately  1,500  service  professionals,  we  are  able  to  provide  technical  support  and  services  and 
rapidly deliver our products to customers on an as-needed basis, providing our customers flexibility to purchase or rent select 
products.  This  extensive  network  is  critical  to  serving  our  customers  and  securing  contracts  with  Group  Purchasing 
Organizations (“GPOs”) and integrated delivery networks (“IDNs”). 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our products and services are outlined below. Except where noted, all of our business segments generally sell products and 
services and rent products from each of our product categories. 

Advancing  Mobility.  Our  innovative  patient  care  systems  include  a  variety  of  bed  systems,  such  as  Medical  Surgical 
(“MedSurg”) beds, Intensive Care Unit (“ICU”) beds, and Bariatric patient beds, as well as mobility solutions (such as lifts 
and other devices used to safely move patients). These patient care systems can be designed for use in high, mid, and low 
acuity  settings,  depending  on  the  specific  design  options,  and  are  built  to  reduce  patient  falls  and  caregiver  injuries  and 
improve caregiver efficiency. Our advanced patient care systems can also provide patient data reporting, patient safety alarms 
and caregiver alerts concerning such things as bed exit, bed height, patient positioning, point of care controls, patient turn 
assist and upright positioning. Supporting solutions within the patient/resident room include architectural products (such as 
headwalls) and health care furniture. These products are sold by our North America and International segments, primarily to 
acute and extended care facilities worldwide. Approximately 57, 67 and 70 percent of our revenue during fiscal 2015, 2014 
and 2013, were derived from advancing mobility products and services. 

Wound  Care  and Prevention. We  rent  and sell  non-invasive  therapeutic  products  and surfaces designed  for  the  prevention 
and  treatment  of  a  variety  of  acute  and  chronic  medical  conditions,  including  pulmonary,  wound  and  bariatric  conditions. 
These  products  are  rented  and  sold  by  our  North  America  and  International  segments,  primarily  in  the  U.S.,  Canada  and 
Europe. Medical Equipment Management and Contract Services provide rentals and health care provider asset management 
services for a wide variety of moveable medical equipment (“MME”), such as ventilators, defibrillators, intravenous pumps 
and patient monitoring equipment in our North America segment. In addition, we also sell equipment service contracts for 
our capital equipment, primarily in the U.S. Approximately 9, 10 and 11 percent of our revenue during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 
2013, were derived from wound care and prevention products and services. 

Clinical Workflow. We also develop and market a variety of communications technologies and software solutions. These are 
designed to improve patient safety and efficiency at the point of care by, among other things, enabling patient-to-staff and 
staff-to-staff communications, aggregating and delivering patient data, tracking staff and assets, and monitoring hand hygiene 
compliance.  The  NaviCare®  Platform  is  the  infrastructure  Hill-Rom  uses  to  support  multiple  clinical  solutions  and 
applications, including nurse call, asset tracking, staff and patient locating and hand-hygiene monitoring. We believe that our 
ability  to  integrate  multiple  applications  using  one  primary  infrastructure  is  a  significant  advantage  for  us  versus  our 
competitors  in  the  clinical  workflow  product  category  today.  These  products  are  sold  mainly  to  our  North  America 
customers. This product category also includes our Welch Allyn products, which help caregivers assess their patients quickly, 
easily, safely, and accurately. We also see exciting opportunities to integrate even more of Welch Allyn’s technologies and 
patient data in the care environment to further enhance our Clinical Workflow product offerings. Welch Allyn products are 
sold globally. 

Surgical Safety and Efficiency. We offer surgical tables, lights, and pendants utilized within the operating room setting. We 
also offer a range of positioning devices for use in shoulder, hip, spinal and lithotomy surgeries as well as platform-neutral 
positioning accessories for nearly every model of operating room table. In addition, we offer operating room surgical safety 
and  accessory  products  such  as  scalpel  and  blade,  light  handle  systems,  skin  markers  and  other  disposable  products.  The 
products offered within this category are primarily recurring, consumable revenue streams. These products are sold by our 
Surgical  and  Respiratory  Care  segment.  In  2014,  we  acquired  Trumpf  Medical,  a  worldwide  leader  in  medical  products 
technology  distinguished  by  high-quality  German  engineering,  a  history  of  innovation,  and  a  dedication  to  total  customer 
satisfaction.  Trumpf  offers  surgical  tables,  surgical  and  examination  lights,  surgical  pendants  and  video  solutions. 
Approximately 21, 13 and 10 percent of our revenue during fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, were derived from surgical safety 
and efficiency products. 

Respiratory Health. We offer therapeutic products that provide bronchial hygiene (airway clearance) for acute and home care 
patients.  Some  of  the  key  products  include:  The  Vest®  Airway  Clearance  System,  designed  to  assist  patients  in  the 
mobilization of retained blockages that, if not removed, may lead to increased rates of respiratory infection, hospitalization, 
and reduced lung function; the VitalCough® System, a non-invasive therapy that stimulates a cough to remove secretions in 
patients  with  compromised  peak  cough  flow;  and  the  MetaNeb®  Systems,  a  triple-therapy  system  indicated  for  the 
mobilization  of  secretions,  lung  expansion  therapy  and  aerosol  delivery.  These  products  are  sold  by  our  Surgical  and 
Respiratory Care segment. 

Raw Materials 

Principal materials used in our products for each business segment include carbon steel, aluminum, stainless steel, wood and 
laminates, petroleum based products, such as foams and plastics, and other materials, substantially all of which are available 
from  several  sources.  Motors  and  electronic  controls  for  electrically  operated  beds  and  certain  other  components  are 
purchased from one or more manufacturers. 

4 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Prices fluctuate for raw materials and sub-assemblies used in our products based on a number of factors beyond our control. 
Specifically, over the past several years, the fluctuating prices of certain raw materials, including metals, fuel, plastics and 
other petroleum-based products in particular, and fuel related delivery costs, had a direct effect on our profitability. Although 
we generally have not engaged in hedging transactions with respect to raw material purchases, we have entered into fixed 
price supply contracts at times. 

Most of our extended contracts with hospital GPOs and other customers for the sale of products in North America permit us 
to institute annual list price increases, although we may not be able to raise prices sufficiently to offset all raw material cost 
inflation. 

Competition 

In all our business segments, we compete on the basis of clinical expertise and resulting product clinical utility and ability to 
produce favorable outcomes, as well as value, quality, customer service, innovation and breadth of product offerings. As our 
business segments generally sell products and services across our product categories, we evaluate our competition based on 
our product categories, rather than our business segments. 

The following table displays our significant competitors with respect to each product category: 

Product Categories   
Advancing Mobility .......................     ArjoHuntleigh (Division of Getinge AB)

  Competitors  

Guldmann 
Invacare 
Joerns Healthcare 

Linet 
Stiegelmeyer 
Stryker Corporation 

Wound Care and Prevention ...........     ArjoHuntleigh (Division of Getinge AB)

Freedom Medical, Inc. 
RecoverCare, LLC/Joerns Healthcare 

SIZEWise Rentals, LLC 
Universal Hospital Services, Inc. 

Clinical Workflow ..........................     Ascom Holding 

Covidien, Ltd. 
Exergen Corporation 
GE Healthcare 
Heine Optotechnik 

Surgical Safety and Efficiency .......     Action Medical 

DeRoyal 
Draeger 
Maquet (Division of Getinge AB) 
MizuhoOSI 

Omron Healthcare 
Philips 
Rauland-Borg Corporation 
Riester 

Skytron 
Steris 
Stryker Corporation 
Swann-Morton 

Respiratory Health ..........................     Electromed, Inc. 

Respironics (Division of Philips) 
Respirtech 

Additionally, we compete with a large number of smaller and regional manufacturers. 

Regulatory Matters 

FDA  Regulation.  We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  distribute  medical  devices  that  are  regulated  by  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration (“FDA”) in the U.S. and similar agencies in other countries. The regulations and standards of these agencies 
evolve  over  time  and  require  us  to  make  changes  in  our  manufacturing  processes  and  quality  systems  to  remain  in 
compliance. The FDA’s Quality System regulations and the regulatory equivalents under the Medical Device Directive in the 
European Union set forth standards for our product design and manufacturing processes, require the maintenance of certain 
records and provide for inspections of our facilities. From time to time, the FDA performs routine inspections of our facilities 
and  may  inform  us  of  certain  deficiencies  in  our  processes  or  facilities.  In  2012,  we  received  an  FDA  warning  letter  with 
respect to our Batesville facility. After making the necessary improvements in our quality systems and processes, the warning 
letter was lifted in 2015. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for additional information. In addition, there are also certain state and 
local government requirements that must be complied with in the manufacturing and marketing of our products. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
Environmental. We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to 
environmental and health and safety concerns, including the handling, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials 
used in or derived from our manufacturing processes. When necessary, we provide for reserves in our financial statements for 
environmental  matters.  We  do  not  expect  the  remediation  costs  for  any  environmental  issues  in  which  we  are  currently 
involved to exceed $3 million. 

Health  Care  Regulations.  In  March  2010,  comprehensive  health  care  reform  legislation  was  signed  into  law  through  the 
passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act. The 
health  care  industry  continues  to  undergo  significant  change  as  the  law  is  implemented.  In  addition  to  health  care  reform, 
Medicare,  Medicaid  and  managed  care  organizations,  such  as  health  maintenance  organizations  and  preferred  provider 
organizations, traditional indemnity insurers and third-party administrators are under increasing pressure to control costs and 
limit utilization, while improving quality and health care outcomes. These objectives are being advanced through a variety of 
reform  initiatives  including:  accountable  care  organizations,  value  based  purchasing,  bundling  initiatives,  competitive 
bidding programs, etc. We are also subject to a number of other regulations related to the sale and distribution of health care 
products. The potential impact of these regulations to our business is discussed further in Item 1A. Risk Factors and Part II, 
Item 7-Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,  included  in  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

Product Development 

Most of our products and product improvements have been developed internally. We maintain close working relationships 
with  various  medical  professionals  who  assist  in  product  research  and  development.  New  and  improved  products  play  a 
critical  role  in  our  sales  growth.  We  continue  to  place  emphasis  on  the  development  of  proprietary  products  and  product 
improvements to complement and expand our existing product lines. Our significant research and development activities are 
located  in  Acton,  Massachusetts;  Batesville,  Indiana;  Beaverton,  Oregon;  Cary,  North  Carolina;  Skaneateles  Falls,  New 
York; Lulea, Sweden; Montpelier and Pluvigner, France; Singapore; and Saalfeld and Witten, Germany. 

Research  and  development  is  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  expense  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $91.8 million, $71.9 million and $70.2 million. 

In addition, certain software development technology costs are capitalized as intangibles and are amortized over a period of 
three to five years once the software is ready for its intended use. The amounts capitalized during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 
2013 were approximately $2.6 million, $2.6 million and $2.4 million. 

Patents and Trademarks 

We own, and from time-to-time license, a number of patents on our products and manufacturing processes, but we do not 
believe any single patent or related group of patents is of material significance to any business segment or our business as a 
whole. We also own a number of trademarks and service marks relating to our products and product services. Except for the 
marks  “Hill-Rom®”,  “Bard-Parker®”,  and  “Welch  Allyn®”,  we  do  not  believe  any  single  trademark  or  service  mark  is  of 
material significance to any business segment or our business as a whole. 

Foreign Operations and Export Sales 

Information  about  our  foreign  operations  is  set  forth  in  tables  relating  to  geographic  information  in  Note  11  of  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements, included herein under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Employees 

At  September  30,  2015,  we  had  approximately  10,000  employees  worldwide.  Approximately  7  percent  of  our  employees 
work in our logistics and manufacturing operations in the U.S. under collective bargaining agreements. We are also subject to 
various collective bargaining arrangements or national agreements outside the U.S. The collective bargaining agreement at 
our primary U.S. manufacturing facility expires in January 2016. We have not experienced a work stoppage in the U.S. in 
over 40 years, and we believe that our employee relations are satisfactory. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers 

The following sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers. The term of office for each executive officer 
expires on the date his or her successor is chosen and qualified. No director or executive officer has a “family relationship” 
with  any  other  director  or  executive  officer  of  the  Company,  as  that  term  is  defined  for  purposes  of  this  disclosure 
requirement. There is no understanding between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which the executive 
officer was selected. 

John J. Greisch, 60, was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of Hill-Rom in January 2010. Mr. Greisch was most 
recently President, International Operations for Baxter International, Inc., a position he held since 2006. Prior to this, he held 
several  other  positions  with  Baxter,  serving  as  Baxter's  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  as  President  of  Baxter's  BioScience 
division. 

Carlos  Alonso,  56,  was  elected  Senior  Vice  President  and  President,  Hill-Rom  International  in  April  2015.  Before  joining 
Hill-Rom,  Mr.  Alonso  served  as  the  President  and  CEO  of  the  Esaote  Group,  a  medical  imaging  leader  based  in  Genova, 
Italy. Prior to the Esaote Group, Mr. Alonso served as the CEO of Esteve Pharmaceuticals based in Barcelona, Spain, and 
held various leadership roles of increasing responsibility with Baxter International, Inc. over the course of 15 years, including 
serving as Global President of the Renal Division. 

Andreas  Frank,  39,  was  elected  as  Senior  Vice  President  Corporate  Development  and  Strategy  in  October  2011.  Before 
joining  Hill-Rom,  Mr.  Frank  was  Director  Corporate  Development  at  Danaher  Corporation.  Previously  he  worked  in  the 
Corporate Finance and Strategy practice at the consulting firm McKinsey & Company. 

Richard G. Keller, 54, was elected Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company effective August 
2005. He had served as Executive Director - Controller of Hill-Rom since March 2004. 

Susan R. Lichtenstein, 58, was elected Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary for Hill-
Rom effective May 2010. Previously she was Corporate Vice President and General Counsel at Baxter International, where 
she  was  responsible  for  global  legal  matters,  corporate  communications  and  government  affairs.  Ms.  Lichtenstein  has 
informed the Company that she will be leaving the Company by the end of calendar year 2015. 

Kenneth  Meyers,  53,  was  elected  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  effective  September  2015. 
Before joining Hill-Rom he was Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at Hospira, Inc. Previously, he 
was a partner at Mercer / Oliver Wyman Consulting. Prior to Mercer / Oliver Wyman, he served as Senior Vice President, 
Human Resources, for Starbucks International. 

Alton Shader, 42, was elected Senior Vice President and President, Front Line Care in September 2015. He had served as 
Senior Vice President and President, North America since July 2012 and previously as Senior Vice President and President, 
Post-Acute  Care  with  Hill-Rom  since  July  2011.  Before  joining  Hill-Rom,  Mr.  Shader  was  General  Manager  of  Renal  at 
Baxter International, Inc. Previously, he served as General Manager for Baxter Ireland and held senior marketing positions in 
Baxter's operations in Zurich and in California. 

Taylor  Smith,  55,  was  elected  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  President,  Surgical  and  Respiratory  Care  in  November  2013. 
Before joining Hill-Rom, Mr. Smith served as Senior Vice President and General Manager for Cardinal Health’s Orthopedic 
Products  and  Services  group.  Previously  he  held  numerous  leadership  positions  of  increasing  responsibility  at  Cardinal 
Health over the past 13 years. 

Carlyn  D.  Solomon,  53,  was  elected  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Hill-Rom  in  November,  2014.  Mr.  Solomon  was  most 
recently the Corporate Vice President, Critical Care & Vascular Business Units of Edwards Lifesciences since 2006, and was 
VP of Corporate Strategy and GM of Cardiac Surgery Systems Business of Edwards Lifesciences from 2005 to 2006. 

Steven J. Strobel, 57, was elected Senior Vice President in November 2014 and Chief Financial Officer in December, 2014. 
Before joining Hill-Rom, Mr. Strobel was President of McGough Road Advisors, a corporate finance consulting firm, from 
2012  to  2014  and  previously  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  BlueStar  Energy,  an  independent  retail  energy  services  company, 
from 2009 to 2012. Prior to BlueStar, he served as Treasurer and Corporate Controller at Motorola, and in the same positions 
at  Owens  Corning.  Mr.  Strobel  serves  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Newell  Rubbermaid  Inc.,  where  he  chairs  the  Audit 
Committee. 

7 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Availability of Reports and Other Information 

Our website is www.Hill-Rom.com. We make available on this website, free of charge, access to our annual, quarterly and 
current reports and other documents we file with, or furnish to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as soon as 
practicable  after  such  reports  or  documents  are  filed  or  furnished.  We  also  make  available  on  our  website  position 
specifications  for  the  Chairman,  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Chief Executive  Officer,  our  Code  of  Ethical 
Business Conduct (and any amendments or waivers), the Corporate Governance Standards of our Board of Directors and the 
charters  of  each  of  the  standing  committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  All  of  these  documents  are  also  available  to 
shareholders in print upon request. 

All reports filed with the SEC are also available via the SEC website, www.sec.gov, or may be read and copied at the SEC 
Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC  20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference 
Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. 

8 

 
 
 
 
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS 

Our  business  involves  risks.  The  following  information  about  these  risks  should  be  considered  carefully  together  with  the 
other information contained herein. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently 
known or deemed immaterial also may result in adverse effects on our business. 

We face significant uncertainty in the industry due to government health care reform, changes in Medicare, Medicaid 
and other governmental medical program reimbursements, and we cannot predict how these reforms will impact our 
operating results. 

In  March  2010,  the  U.S.  Congress  adopted  and  President  Obama  signed  into  law  comprehensive  health  care  reform 
legislation through the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act (H.R. 3590) and the Health Care and 
Education Reconciliation Act (H.R. 4872). We cannot predict with certainty what additional healthcare initiatives, if any, will 
be implemented at the federal or state level, or what the ultimate effect of federal health care reform or any future legislation 
or  regulation  will  have  on  us.  In  addition,  Medicare,  Medicaid,  managed  care  organizations  and  foreign  governments  are 
increasing pressure to both control health care utilization and to limit reimbursement. Changes in reimbursement programs or 
their  regulations,  including  retroactive  and  prospective  rate  and  coverage  criteria  changes,  competitive  bidding  for  certain 
products and services, and other changes intended to reduce expenditures (domestically or internationally), could adversely 
affect  the  portions  of  our  businesses  that  are  dependent  on  third-party  reimbursement  or  direct  governmental  payments. 
Moreover,  to  the  extent  that  our  customers  experience  reimbursement  pressure  resulting  in  lower  revenue  for  them,  their 
demand for our products and services may decrease. The impact of the above mentioned items could have a material adverse 
impact on our business, results of operations and cash flows. 

Failure by us or our suppliers to comply with the FDA regulations and similar foreign regulations applicable to the 
products we manufacture or distribute could expose us to enforcement actions or other adverse consequences. 

We design, manufacture, install and distribute medical devices that are regulated by the FDA in the U.S. and similar agencies 
in other countries. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in future product recalls, injunctions preventing 
the  shipment  of  products  or  other  enforcement  actions  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenue  and 
profitability.  In  March  2012,  we  received  a  warning  letter  from  the  FDA  following  an  inspection  by  the  FDA  at  our 
Batesville, Indiana production facilities. Upon the successful completion of our remediation efforts, the warning letter was 
lifted  in  September  2015.  Additionally,  certain  of  our  suppliers  are  subject  to  FDA  regulations,  and  the  failure  of  these 
suppliers  to  comply  with  regulations  could  adversely  affect  us;  as  regulatory  actions  taken  by  the  FDA  against  those 
manufacturers can result in product shortages, recalls or modifications. 

We could be subject to substantial fines or damages and possible exclusion from participation in federal health care 
programs if we fail to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our business. 

We  are  subject  to  stringent  laws  and  regulations  at both the  federal  and  state  levels governing  the participation of  durable 
medical  equipment  suppliers  in  federal  and  state  health  care  programs.  In  addition,  in  2011  we  entered  into  a  five-year 
Corporate Integrity Agreement with the U.S. Federal government, which imposes on us additional contractual obligations. 

From  time  to  time,  the  government  seeks  additional  information  related  to  our  claims  submissions,  and  in  some  instances 
government  contractors  perform  audits  of  payments  made  to  us  under  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  other  federal  health  care 
programs. On occasion, these reviews identify overpayments for which we submit refunds. At other times, our own internal 
audits  identify  the  need  to  refund  payments.  The  frequency  and  intensity  of  government  audits  and  review  processes  has 
intensified and we expect this will continue in the future, due to increased resources allocated to these activities at both the 
federal and state Medicaid level, and greater sophistication in data review techniques. 

If  we  are  deemed  to  have  violated  these  laws  and  regulations,  or  are  found  to  have  violated  our  Corporate  Integrity 
Agreement,  we  could  be  subject  to  substantial  fines,  damages,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  health  care 
programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid  and  possible  recoupment  of  overpayments.  While  we  believe  that  our  practices 
materially  comply  with  applicable  state  and  federal  requirements,  the  requirements  may  be  interpreted  in  a  manner 
inconsistent with our interpretation. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, even if inadvertent, could have a 
material adverse impact on our business. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We participate in a highly competitive industry that is subject to the risk of declining demand and pricing pressures, 
which could adversely affect our operating results. 

Demand for our products and services depend in large part on overall demand in the health care market. Additionally, with 
the  health  care  market’s  increased  focus  on  hospital  asset  and  resource  efficiency  as  well  as  reimbursement  constraints, 
spending for many of our products is on a long-term declining trend. Further, the competitive pressures in our industry could 
cause us to lose market share unless we increase our expenditures or reduce our prices, which would adversely impact our 
operating results.  The nature of  this highly competitive  marketplace  demands  that we  successfully  introduce new products 
into  the  market  in  a  cost  effective  manner  (more  fully  detailed  below).  These  factors,  along  with  others,  may  result  in 
significant  shifts  in  market  share  among  the  industry's  major  participants,  including  us.  Accordingly,  if  we  are  unable  to 
effectively  differentiate  ourselves  from  our  competitors  in  terms  of  both  new  products  and  diversification  of  our  product 
portfolio through business acquisitions, then our market share, sales and profitability could be adversely impacted through 
lower volume or decreased prices. 

Our  future  financial  performance  will  depend  in  part  on  the  successful  introduction  of  new  products  into  the 
marketplace on a cost-effective basis. 

Our future financial performance will depend in part on our ability to influence, anticipate, identify and respond to changing 
consumer  preferences  and  needs.  We  can  provide  no  assurances  that  our  new  products  will  achieve  the  same  degree  of 
success as in the past. We may not correctly anticipate or identify trends in consumer preferences or needs, or may identify 
them later than competitors do. In addition, difficulties in manufacturing or in obtaining regulatory approvals may delay or 
prohibit introduction of new products into the marketplace. Further, we may not be able to develop and produce new products 
at a cost that allows us to meet our goals for profitability. Warranty claims and service costs relating to our products may be 
greater than anticipated, and we may be required to devote significant resources to address any quality issues associated with 
our  new  products,  which  could  reduce  the  resources  available  for  further  new  product  development  and  other  matters.  In 
addition, the introduction of new products may also cause customers to defer purchases of existing products. 

Failure to successfully introduce new products on a cost-effective basis, or delays in customer purchasing decisions related to 
the  evaluation  of  new  products,  could  cause  us  to  lose  market  share  and  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. 

Adverse developments in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit 
markets could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition, or liquidity. 

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession 
or  economic  slowdown  and  disruption  of  domestic  and  international  credit  markets.  The  credit  and  capital  markets 
experienced extreme volatility and disruption over the past several years, leading to periods of recessionary conditions and 
depressed levels of consumer and commercial spending. These recessionary conditions caused customers to reduce, modify, 
delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and services. If our customers reduce investments in capital expenditures or 
utilize their limited capital funds to invest in products that we do not offer or that do not comprise a large percentage of our 
product  portfolio,  it  could  negatively  impact  our  operating  results.  Moreover,  even  if  our  revenue  remains  constant,  our 
profitability could decline if there is a shift to sales of product mix or geographic locations with less favorable margins. If 
worldwide  economic  conditions  worsen,  we  would  expect  our  customers  to  scrutinize  costs  resulting  from  pressures  on 
operating margin due to rising supply costs, reduced investment income and philanthropic giving, increased interest expense, 
reimbursement pressure, reduced elective healthcare spending and uncompensated care. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  grow  if  we  are  unable  to  successfully  acquire  and  integrate,  or  form  business  relationships 
with, other companies. 

We have in the past, and expect in the future, to grow our business through mergers, acquisitions and other similar business 
arrangements. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or business relationships, negotiate acceptable 
terms for such acquisitions or relationships or receive necessary financing on acceptable terms. Additionally, we may become 
responsible  for  liabilities  associated  with  businesses  that  we  acquire  to  the  extent  they  are  not  covered  by  indemnification 
from  the  sellers  or  by  insurance.  Even  if  we  are  able  to  consummate  acquisitions,  such  acquisitions  could  be  dilutive  to 
earnings, and we could overpay for such acquisitions. Additionally, we may not be fully successful in our integration efforts 
or fully realize expected benefits from the  integration. Our integration efforts may divert management and other resources 
from  other  important  matters,  and  we  could  experience  delays  or  unusual  expenses  in  the  integration  process,  including 
intangible asset impairments which could result in significant charges in our Statements of Consolidated Income. Moreover, 
the margins for these companies may differ from our historical gross and operating margins resulting in a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The assets in our pension plans are subject to market disruptions. In addition, our pension plans are underfunded. 

Our primary pension plan invests in a variety of equity and debt securities subject to market risks. Our pension plans were 
underfunded  at  September  30,  2015  by  approximately  $96.4  million.  Market  volatility  and  disruption  could  cause  further 
declines in asset values or fluctuations in assumptions used to value our liability and expenses. If this occurs, we may need to 
make additional pension plan contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase. 

Our  business  is  significantly  dependent  on  major  contracts  with  GPOs,  IDNs,  and  certain  other  distributors  and 
purchasers. 

A majority of our North American hospital sales and rentals are made pursuant to contracts with hospital GPOs. At any given 
time, we are typically at various stages of responding to bids and negotiating and renewing expiring GPO agreements. Failure 
to be included in certain of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, including capital and rental 
revenue. 

Participation by  us  in  such programs  often requires  increased  discounting  or  restrictions  on our  ability  to  raise  prices,  and 
failure  to  participate  or  to be  selected  for participation  in such  programs  may  result  in a  reduction of sales  to  the  member 
hospitals. In addition, the industry is showing an increased focus on contracting directly with health systems or IDNs (which 
typically  represents  influential  members  and  owners  of  GPOs).  IDNs  and  health  systems  often  make  key  purchasing 
decisions  and  have  influence  over  the  GPO’s  contract  decisions,  and  often  request  additional  discounts  or  other 
enhancements. In addition, certain other distributors and purchasers have similar processes to the GPOs and IDNs and failure 
to be included in agreements with these other purchasers could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Increased prices for, or unavailability of, raw materials or sub-assemblies used in our products could adversely affect 
profitability or revenue. In particular, our results of operations could be adversely affected by high prices for metals, 
fuel,  plastics  and  other  petroleum  based  products.  We  also  procure  several  raw  materials  and  sub-assemblies  from 
single suppliers. 

Our profitability is affected by the prices of the raw materials and sub-assemblies used in the manufacture of our products. 
These  prices  may  fluctuate  based  on  a  number  of  factors  beyond  our  control,  including  changes  in  supply  and  demand, 
general economic conditions, labor costs, fuel related delivery costs, competition, import duties, tariffs, currency exchange 
rates,  and  government  regulation.  Significant  increases  in  the  prices  of  raw  materials  or  sub-assemblies  that  cannot  be 
recovered through increases in the prices of our products could adversely affect our results of operations. There can be no 
assurance  that  the  marketplace  will  support  higher  prices  or  that  such  prices  and  productivity  gains  will  fully  offset  any 
commodity price increases in the future. We generally have not engaged in hedging transactions with respect to raw material 
purchases, but do enter into fixed price supply contracts at times. Future decisions not to engage in hedging transactions or 
ineffective hedging transactions may result in increased price volatility, potentially adversely impacting our profitability. 

Our dependency upon regular deliveries of supplies from particular suppliers means that interruptions or stoppages in such 
deliveries could adversely affect our operations until arrangements with alternate suppliers could be made. Several of the raw 
materials and sub-assemblies used in the manufacture of our products currently are procured only from a single source. If any 
of these sole-source suppliers were unable or unwilling to deliver these materials for an extended period of time we may not 
be able to manufacture one or more products for a period of time, and our business could suffer. We may not be able to find 
acceptable  alternatives,  and  any  such  alternatives  could  result  in  increased  costs.  Difficulties  in  the  credit  markets  could 
adversely affect our suppliers’ access to capital and therefore their ability to continue to provide an adequate supply of the 
materials we use in our products. 

The majority of our products are manufactured at a single facility or location, and the loss of one or more of these 
facilities or locations could prevent us from manufacturing all the various products we sell. 

We manufacture the majority of our products in only a single facility or location. If an event occurred that resulted in material 
damage to one or more of these manufacturing facilities or we lacked sufficient labor to fully operate the facility, we may be 
unable to transfer the manufacture of the relevant products to another facility or location in a cost-effective or timely manner, 
if at all. This potential inability to transfer production could occur for a number of reasons, including but not limited to a lack 
of  necessary  relevant  manufacturing  capability  at  another  facility,  or  the  regulatory  requirements  of  the  FDA  or  other 
governmental  regulatory  bodies.  Such  an  event  would  materially  negatively  impact  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our international sales and operations are subject to risks and uncertainties that vary by country which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business and/or results of operations. 

International  sales  accounted  for  approximately  36  percent  of  our  net  sales  in  fiscal  2015. We  anticipate  that  international 
sales  will  continue  to  represent  a  significant  portion  of  our  total  sales  in  the  future.  In  addition,  we  have  multiple 
manufacturing facilities and third-party suppliers that are located outside of the U.S.  As a result, our international sales, as 
well as our sales in the U.S. of products produced or sourced internationally, are subject to risks and uncertainties that can 
vary by country, such as political instability, economic conditions, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes in 
tax laws, regulatory and reimbursement programs and policies, and the protection of intellectual property rights.  In addition, 
our  collections  of  international  receivables  are  subject  to  economic  pressures  and  the  actions  of  some  governmental 
authorities who have initiated various austerity measures to control healthcare and other governmental spending. 

Unfavorable outcomes related to uncertain tax positions could result in significant tax liabilities. 

We have recorded tax benefits related to various uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. While 
we believe our positions are appropriate, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), state or foreign tax authorities could disagree 
with our positions, resulting in a significant tax payment. 

We are involved on an ongoing basis in claims, lawsuits and governmental proceedings relating to our operations, as 
well as product liability or other liability claims that could expose us to adverse judgments or could affect the sales of 
our products. 

We  are  involved  in  the  design,  manufacture  and  sale  of  health  care  products,  which  face  an  inherent  risk  of  exposure  to 
product liability claims if our products are alleged to have caused injury or are found to be unsuitable for their intended use. 
Amongst other claims, we are, from time to time, a party to claims and lawsuits alleging that our products have caused injury 
or  death  or  are  otherwise  unsuitable.  It  is  possible  that  we  will  receive  adverse  judgments  in  such  lawsuits,  and  any  such 
adverse judgments could be material. Although we do carry insurance with respect to such matters, this insurance is subject 
to varying deductibles and self-insured retentions and may not be adequate to cover the full amount of any particular claim. 
In  addition,  any  such  claims  could  negatively  impact  the  sales  of  products  that  are  the  subject  of  such  claims  or  other 
products. 

We may not be able to attract, retain and develop key personnel. 

Our  future  performance  depends  in  significant  part  upon  the  continued  service  of  our  executive  officers  and  other  key 
personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees could have a material 
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Our  success  also  depends  on  our 
continuing ability to attract, retain and develop highly qualified personnel, and as competition for such personnel is intense, 
there can be no assurance that we can do so in the future. 

The combined company’s business may suffer if it does not retain its senior management. 

After  the  Welch  Allyn  acquisition,  the  combined  company’s  future  success  requires  it  to  continue  to  attract  and  retain 
competent personnel. In particular, the combined company’s future success will depend on its senior management. As a result 
of  the  merger,  Hill-Rom’s  and  Welch  Allyn’s  current  and  prospective  employees  could  experience  uncertainty  about  their 
future  roles  and  the  integration  process.  The  loss  of  services  of  members  of  the  combined  company’s  senior  management 
team could adversely affect its business until suitable replacements can be found. There may be a limited number of persons 
with the requisite skills to serve in these positions, and the combined company may be unable to locate or employ qualified 
personnel on acceptable terms. 

A portion of our workforce is unionized, and we could face labor disruptions that would interfere with our operations. 

Approximately  7  percent  of  our  employees  as  part  of  our  logistics  and  manufacturing  operations  in  the  U.S.  work  under 
collective bargaining agreements. We are also subject to various collective bargaining arrangements or national agreements 
outside  the  U.S.  covering  approximately  18  percent  of  our  employees.  Although  we  have  not  recently  experienced  any 
significant work stoppages as a result of labor disagreements, we cannot ensure that such a stoppage will not occur in the 
future.  Our  primary  labor  contract  expires  in  January  2016.  Inability  to  negotiate  satisfactory  new  agreements  or  a  labor 
disturbance at one of our principal facilities could have a material adverse effect on our operations. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be adversely affected by new regulations relating to conflict minerals. 

In August 2012, the SEC adopted new disclosures and reporting requirements for companies whose products contain certain 
minerals  and  their  derivatives,  namely  tin,  tantalum,  tungsten  or  gold,  known  as  conflict  minerals.  As  of  May  2014, 
companies are required to report annually whether or not such minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of the Congo 
(DRC)  and/or  adjoining  countries  and  in  some  cases  to  perform  extensive  due  diligence  on  their  supply  chains  for  such 
minerals.  The  implementation  of  these  new  requirements  could  adversely  affect  the  sourcing,  availability  and  pricing  of 
materials used in the manufacturing of our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure 
requirements, including cost related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals used in our products. Since our 
supply  chain  is  complex  and  multilayered,  we  may  be  unable  to  ascertain  with  sufficient  certainty  the  origins  for  these 
minerals or make a determination that that these minerals are DRC conflict free despite our due diligence procedures, which 
in turn may harm our reputation. We may also face difficulties in satisfying customers who may require that our products be 
certified  as  DRC  conflict  free,  which  could  harm  our  relationships  with  these  customers  and/or  lead  to  a  loss  of  revenue. 
These requirements also could have the effect of limiting the pool of suppliers from which we source these minerals, and we 
may  be  unable  to  obtain  conflict-free  minerals  at  prices  similar  to  the  past,  which  could  increase  our  costs  and  adversely 
affect our manufacturing operations and our profitability. 

We may not be successful in achieving expected operating efficiencies and sustaining or improving operating expense 
reductions,  and  may  experience  business  disruptions  and  adverse  tax  consequences  associated  with  restructuring, 
realignment and cost reduction activities. 

Over the past few years we have initiated several restructuring, realignment and cost reduction initiatives. In the third quarter 
of  2015,  we  announced  plans  to  close  two  facilities  in  a  continuing  effort  to  rationalize  our  global  footprint.  Also,  in  the 
second quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a restructuring program to improve our cost structure by reducing our European 
manufacturing  capacity  and  streamlining  our  global  operations  by,  among  other  things,  executing  a  back  office  process 
transformation  program  in  Europe.  While  we  expect  to  realize  efficiencies  from  these  actions,  these  activities  may  not 
produce the full efficiency and cost reduction benefits we expect. Further, such benefits may be realized later than expected, 
and the ongoing costs of implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated. If these measures are not successful 
or  sustainable,  we  may  undertake  additional  realignment  and  cost  reduction  efforts,  which  could  result  in  future  charges. 
Moreover,  our  ability  to  achieve  our  other  strategic  goals  and  business  plans  may  be  adversely  affected  and  we  could 
experience business disruptions with customers and elsewhere if our restructuring and realignment efforts prove ineffective. 

These actions, the resulting costs, and delays or lower than anticipated benefits will also impact our foreign tax positions and 
may require us to record tax reserves against certain deferred tax assets in our international business, similar to the provision 
we recognized during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 with respect to France. 

We are increasingly dependent on consistent functioning of our information technology systems and if we are exposed 
to any intrusions or if we fail to maintain the integrity of our data, our business could be materially affected. 

We  are  increasingly  dependent  on  consistent  functioning  of  our  information  technology  systems  for  our  infrastructure  and 
products. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, and enhance 
existing  systems  and  develop  new  systems  to  keep  pace  with  continuing  changes  in  information  processing  technology, 
evolving  systems  and  regulatory  standards,  integration  of  acquisitions,  and  the  increasing  need  to  protect  patient  and 
customer information. In addition, third parties may attempt to hack into our products or systems and may obtain proprietary 
information. If we fail to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively, we could lose existing 
customers or suppliers, have difficulty attracting new customers or suppliers, have problems that adversely impact internal 
controls,  have  difficulty  preventing,  detecting,  and  controlling  fraud,  have  disputes  with  customers  and  suppliers,  have 
regulatory sanctions or penalties imposed, have increases in operating expenses, incur expenses or lose revenues as a result of 
a data privacy breach, or suffer other adverse consequences. Any significant breakdown, intrusion, interruption, corruption, 
or destruction of these systems, as well as any data breaches, could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect to incur substantial expenses related to the integration of Welch Allyn. 

We  expect  to  incur  substantial  expenses  in  connection  with  the  integration  of  Welch  Allyn.  There  are  a  large  number  of 
processes,  policies,  procedures,  operations,  technologies  and  systems  that  must  be  integrated,  including  purchasing, 
accounting  and  finance,  sales,  billing,  payroll,  manufacturing,  marketing  and  employee  benefits. While  we  expect  to  incur 
integration and restructuring costs and other costs incurred to execute the transaction following completion of the merger in 
2015 that are estimated to range between $35 million and $40 million, many of the expenses that will be incurred are, by their 
nature, difficult to estimate accurately. These expenses could, particularly in the near term, exceed the savings that we expect 
to achieve from elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings. Although we 
expect  that  the  realization  of  efficiencies  related  to  the  integration  of  the  businesses  will  offset  incremental  transaction, 
merger-related and restructuring costs over time, we cannot give any assurance that this net benefit will be achieved in the 
near term, or at all. 

Successful  integration  of  Welch  Allyn  with  Hill-Rom  and  successful  operation  of  the  combined  company  are  not 
assured. Also, integrating Hill-Rom’s business with that of Welch Allyn may divert the attention of management away 
from operations. 

Welch Allyn is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom but will, at least initially, continue its operations on a basis that 
is largely separate from Hill-Rom’s previously existing operations. There can be no assurance that Welch Allyn will be able 
to  maintain  and  grow  its  business  and  operations.  In  addition,  the  market  segments  in  which  Welch  Allyn  operates  may 
experience  declines  in  demand  and/or  new  competitors.  Integrating  and  coordinating  certain  aspects  of  the  operations  and 
personnel of Welch Allyn with Hill-Rom will involve complex operational, technological and personnel-related challenges. 
This process will be time-consuming and expensive, may disrupt the businesses of either or both of the companies and may 
not  result  in  the  full  benefits  expected  from  the  merger,  including  cost  synergies  expected  to  arise  from  supply  chain 
efficiencies and overlapping general and administrative functions. The potential difficulties, and resulting costs and delays, 
include: 

  managing a larger combined company; 
 
 

consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures; 
issues in integrating manufacturing, warehouse and distribution facilities, research and development and sales 
forces; 
difficulties attracting and retaining key personnel; 
loss of customers and suppliers and inability to attract new customers and suppliers; 
unanticipated issues in integrating information technology, communications and other systems; 
incompatibility of purchasing, logistics, marketing, administration and other systems and processes; and 
unforeseen and unexpected liabilities related to the merger or Welch Allyn’s business. 

 
 
 
 
 

Additionally,  the  integration  of  Welch  Allyn’s  operations,  products  and  personnel  may  place  a  significant  burden  on 
management and other internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention, and any difficulties encountered in the 
transition and integration process, could harm the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results. 

We have incurred substantial additional indebtedness in connection with the Welch Allyn acquisition, and may not be 
able to meet all of our debt obligations. 

As stated in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have entered into several new credit facilities which have 
resulted  in  a  substantially  higher  level  of  leverage  compared with  prior periods.  Based  on  assumed  interest  rates,  leverage 
ratios and credit ratings, we expect our debt service obligations, comprised of principal and interest (excluding capital leases), 
during the 12 months following the completion of the merger to be approximately $150 million. As a result of this increase in 
debt, demands on our cash resources have increased. The increased level of debt could, among other things: 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

require us to dedicate a large portion of its cash flow from operations to the servicing and repayment of its debt, 
thereby  reducing  funds  available  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  research  and  development 
expenditures and other general corporate requirements; 
limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, research and 
development expenditures and other general corporate requirements; 
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry in which we operate; 
restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions or dispositions or to exploit business opportunities; 
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt; 
adversely affect our credit rating, with the result that the cost of servicing our indebtedness might increase; 
adversely affect the market price of Hill-Rom common stock; and 
limit  our  ability  to  apply  proceeds  from  an  offering  or  asset  sale  to  purposes  other  than  the  servicing  and 
repayment of debt. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

We  have  not  received  any  comments  from  the  staff  of  the  SEC  regarding  our  periodic  or  current  reports  that  remain 
unresolved. 

Item 2. PROPERTIES 

The principal properties used in our operations are listed below. All facilities are suitable for their intended purpose, are being 
efficiently utilized and are believed to provide adequate capacity to meet demand for the next several years. 

Location 

Description and Primary Use

Owned/Leased

Acton, MA ..................................................   Light manufacturing, development and distribution of health care

Leased

equipment; 
Office administration

Batesville, IN  ..............................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

Owned

equipment; 
Office administration

Beaverton, OR  ............................................   Development of heath care equipment;

Office administration

Caledonia, MI  .............................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of surgical 
products; 
Office administration

Leased

Leased

Carol Stream, IL  .........................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

Leased

equipment; 
Office administration

Cary, NC  ....................................................   Development of health care equipment;

Leased

Office administration

Charleston, SC  ............................................   Light manufacturing and distribution of health care equipment; 

Owned/Leased

Office administration
Chicago, IL  .................................................   Office administration
St. Paul, MN  ...............................................   Office administration
Skaneateles Falls, NY .................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

equipment; 
Office administration

Jiangsu, China .............................................   Manufacturing of health care equipment
Taicang, China ............................................   Light manufacturing and distribution of health care equipment 
Montpellier, France  ....................................   Manufacturing and development of health care equipment 
Pluvigner, France  .......................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

equipment; 
Office administration

Hainichen, Germany* ..................................   Manufacturing and distribution of health care equipment 
Puchheim, Germany ....................................   Manufacturing and distribution of health care equipment 
Saalfeld, Germany .......................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

equipment; 
Office administration

Leased
Leased
Owned

Leased
Leased
Owned
Owned

Owned
Owned
Owned

Witten, Germany  ........................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

Owned

equipment; 
Office administration
Navan, County Meath, Ireland ...  ................   Office administration
Kawagawa, Japan  .......................................   Office administration
Tijuana, Mexico  .........................................   Manufacturing and distribution of health care equipment; 

Office administration

Monterrey, Mexico  .....................................   Manufacturing of health care equipment
Las Piedras, Puerto Rico .............................   Manufacturing of surgical products
Singapore  ...................................................   Manufacturing and development of health care equipment; 

Office administration

Lulea, Sweden  ............................................   Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 

Redditch, UK*  ............................................   Manufacturing of surgical products;

Office administration

* denotes properties where plans are in process to close, consolidate, or repurpose the facility 

equipment; 
Office administration

Owned
Leased
Leased

Owned
Owned
Leased

Owned

Leased

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to the foregoing, we lease or own a number of other facilities, warehouse distribution centers, service centers and 
sales offices throughout the U.S., Canada, Western Europe, Mexico, Australia, Middle East, the Far East, and Latin America. 

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information 
regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved. 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

16 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
PART II 

Item 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  ticker  symbol  “HRC”.  The  closing  price  of  our 
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on November 12, 2015 was $51.21 per share. The following table reflects 
the range of high and low selling prices of our common stock and cash dividends declared by quarter for each of the last two 
fiscal years. 

Years Ended September 30 

2015 

Low 

Cash 
Dividends
Declared     

2014 

High 

Low 

Cash 
Dividends 
Declared   
0.1375 
0.1525 
0.1525 
0.1525 

   High 

Quarter Ended: 
December 31 ................................  $ 
March 31 ......................................  $ 
June 30 .........................................  $ 
September 30 ...............................  $ 

47.32  $
49.35  $
57.95  $
58.73  $

39.58    $
44.69    $
48.16    $
49.30    $

0.1525  $
0.1600  $
0.1600  $
0.1600  $

42.56   $ 
44.64   $ 
41.66   $ 
44.46   $ 

35.64    $
34.94    $
35.45    $
38.85    $

Holders 

As of November 12, 2015, there were approximately 20,800 shareholders of record. 

Dividends 

The  declaration  and  payment  of  cash  dividends  is  at  the  sole  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”)  and  depends 
upon  many  factors,  including  our  financial  condition,  earnings  potential,  capital  requirements,  alternative  uses  of  cash, 
covenants  associated  with  debt  obligations,  legal  requirements,  and  other  factors  deemed  relevant  by  our  Board.  We  have 
paid cash dividends on our common stock every quarter since our initial public offering in 1971. We intend to continue to 
pay quarterly cash dividends comparable to those paid in the periods covered by these financial statements. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Period 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 

   Maximum 
   Approximate 
   Dollar Value 
   of Shares That 
   May Yet Be 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 

   Average  
   Price Paid  Announced Plans or  Purchased Under
   the Programs (2)

Programs (2) 

Purchased (1)    per Share  

July 1, 2015 - July 31, 2015 ................................................   
August 1, 2015 - August 31, 2015 ......................................   
September 1, 2015 - September 30, 2015 ...........................   
Total ....................................................................................   

426  $
728  $
113,222  $
114,376  $

54.21    
53.43    
51.91    
51.93    

-     $
-     $
-     $
-     $

64.7 
64.7 
64.7 
64.7 

(1) 

(2) 

Shares  purchased  during  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2015  were  in  connection  with  employee  payroll  tax 
withholding for restricted and deferred stock distributions. 

In September 2013, the Board approved an expansion of its previously announced share repurchase authorization to a 
total  of  $190.0  million.  As  of  September  30,  2015,  a  cumulative  total  of  $125.3  million  has  been  used  under  this 
existing  authorization.  The  plan  does  not  have  an  expiration  date  and  currently  there  are  no  plans  to  terminate  this 
program in the future. 

17 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
   
   
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
 
  
  
    
 
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
  
Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the return on our common stock with that of Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500 
Index”),  and  our  Peer  Group*  for  the  five  years  ended  September  30,  2015.  The  graph  assumes  that  the  value  of  the 
investment  in  our  common  stock,  the  S&P  500  Index,  and  our  Peer  Group  was  $100  on  October  1,  2010  and  that  all 
dividends were reinvested. 

HRC ..................  
S & P 500 ..........  
Peer Group ........  

2010 
$100 
$100 
$100 

2011 
$   83 
$   99 
$104 

2012 
$  82 
$126 
$135 

2013 
$103 
$147 
$141 

2014 
$121 
$172 
$166 

2015 
$153 
$168 
$196 

*  For purposes of the Stock Performance Graph above, our Peer Group is comprised of: Alere Inc.; CR Bard Inc.; Chemed 
Corp.;  CONMED  Corporation;  DENTSPLY  International  Inc.;  Edwards  Lifesciences  Corp.;  Hologic  Inc.;  IDEXX 
Laboratories, Inc.; Integra Lifesciences Holdings Corporation; Intuitive Surgical, Inc.; Invacare Corporation; MEDNAX, 
Inc.; PerkinElmer Inc.; ResMed Inc.; Sirona Dental Systems Labs Inc.; Steris Corp.; Teleflex Incorporated.; The Cooper 
Companies Inc.; Varian Medical Systems, Inc.; and West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. 

Certain other information required by this item will be contained under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” 
in our definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to 
be held on March 15, 2016, and such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

18 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for each of the last five fiscal years ended September 30. 
Refer to Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for disclosure 
of  business  combinations  for  each  of  the  last  three  fiscal  years.  Also  see  Note  12  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for selected unaudited quarterly financial information for each of 
the last two fiscal years. 

2015 

2014 

2013 

    2012 

2011 

Net revenue ........................................................................................   $ 1,988.2  $ 1,686.1  $ 1,716.2   $  1,634.3  $ 1,591.7 
133.5 
Net income .........................................................................................   $
Net income attributable to common shareholders ..............................   $
133.3 
Net income attributable to common shareholders  

105.0   $ 
105.0   $ 

120.8  $
120.8  $

46.8  $
47.7  $

60.6  $
60.6  $

per share – Basic .............................................................................   $

0.83  $

1.05  $

1.75   $ 

1.94  $

2.11 

Net income attributable to common shareholders  

per share – Diluted ..........................................................................   $

2.09 
Total assets ........................................................................................   $ 4,457.6  $ 1,751.3  $ 1,586.8   $  1,627.6  $ 1,299.1 
364.1  $
50.8 
Long-term obligations .......................................................................   $ 2,175.2  $
237.5  $
210.3  $
222.5 
213.8  $
Cash flows from operating activities .................................................   $
261.7  $
68.9 
Capital expenditures ..........................................................................   $
62.7  $
121.3  $
77.8  $
(539.5) $
Cash flows from investing activities ..................................................   $ (1,756.4) $ (294.5) $
(78.0)
Cash flows from financing activities .................................................   $ 1,642.7  $
135.6  $ (101.9)
Cash dividends per share ...................................................................   $ 0.6325  $ 0.5950  $ 0.5250   $  0.4875  $ 0.4300 

225.8   $ 
263.2   $ 
65.3   $ 
(58.6)  $ 
63.8  $ (161.5)  $ 

1.74   $ 

0.82  $

1.04  $

1.94  $

19 

 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Item 7. 

MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 

Overview 

We are a leading global medical technology company with more than 10,000 employees worldwide. We partner with health 
care providers in more than 100 countries by focusing on patient care solutions that improve clinical and economic outcomes 
in five core areas: Advancing Mobility, Wound Care and Prevention, Clinical Workflow, Surgical Safety and Efficiency, and 
Respiratory  Health.  Around  the  world,  Hill-Rom's  people,  products,  and  programs  work  towards  one  mission:  Enhancing 
outcomes for patients and their caregivers. 

Key Factors Impacting Our Business 

Industry-wide  Demand  and  Cost  Pressures.  We  believe  that  over  the  long  term,  overall  patient  and  provider  demand  for 
health  care  products  and  services  will  continue  to  grow  as  a  result  of  a  number  of  factors,  including  an  aging  population, 
longer life expectancies, and an increasing number of sicker patients across all care settings, including hospitals, extended 
care  facilities  and  in  the  home.  In  contrast,  however,  health  care  providers  across  the  care  continuum  are  under  continued 
pressure to improve efficiency and control costs, possibly reducing demand for our products and services. These pressures 
may  occur  for  a  number  of  reasons,  including  declining  commercial  third-party  payer  reimbursement  rates,  government 
regulation,  and  hospital  consolidation.  In  addition,  an  increasing  number  of  our  customers  are  purchasing  through  GPO 
agreements  or  other  large  contracts,  where  they  may  be  able  to  purchase  at  lower  prices  than  they  would  be  able  to 
individually. Moreover, general economic pressures have caused some governmental authorities to initiate various austerity 
measures  to  control  healthcare  spending,  reducing  direct  spending  in  addition  to  governmental  reimbursement  rates.  We 
believe these factors may decrease demand for our products, decrease payments to us, or both; however, we may be able to 
offset some or all of this decreased demand through effective research and development leading to new product introductions, 
as well as providing demonstrable clinical and economic value to our customers. 

Customer  Consolidation.  Economic  considerations,  competition  and  other  factors  have  led  to  on-going  consolidation  of 
customers and the centralization of purchasing decision making. We believe this has influenced the criteria customers use to 
evaluate  the  value  proposition  offered  by  Hill-Rom  for  various  product  and  service  offerings.  Economic  decision-makers 
partner with clinical decision-makers to determine product selection. This has caused Hill-Rom to adjust the way we go to 
market and the structure of our sales and distribution channels, particularly in North America. Among other measures, Hill-
Rom established Strategic Partnership Teams as an adjunct to our traditional sales representatives to better address customer 
needs  for  products  and  services  that  deliver  solutions  for  more  cost-effective  patient  care.  With  the  acquisition  of  Welch 
Allyn,  we  also  added  a  significant  distributor  component  serving  primary  care.  The  extent  to  which  Hill-Rom  effectively 
addresses evolving needs brought about by customer consolidation could significantly impact the success of our revenue and 
profitability. 

Mergers  and  Acquisitions.  We  have  made  several  recent  acquisitions,  most  notably  the  acquisitions  of  Welch  Allyn 
Holdings,  Inc.  (“Welch  Allyn”),  Trumpf Medical  (“Trumpf”),  and  Virtus,  Inc.  (“Virtus”),  and  we  plan  to  make  additional 
acquisitions  in  the  future.  Our  past  and  future  acquisitions  (to  the  extent  that  we  make  them)  may  materially  impact  our 
results  of  operations,  by  increasing  our  revenue  and  revenue  growth  rates,  increasing  our  ongoing  operational  selling  and 
administrative  expenses,  adding  incremental  acquisition  and  integration  related  costs,  and  creating  additional  non-cash 
charges associated with the amortization of tangible and intangible assets resulting from purchase accounting. Moreover, to 
the extent that we acquire businesses that have financial drivers different than our current businesses, our future results of 
operations will be subject to additional or different factors impacting our financial performance. 

Growing  Desire  Among  Developing  Countries  to  Invest  in  Health  Care.  While  industry  growth  rates  in  more  mature 
geographic  regions  such  as  western  and  northern  Europe  and  Japan  have  moderated,  in  many  other  geographic  markets, 
where the relative spending on health care is increasing, we expect long-term increasing demand for medical technologies. 
New hospital construction and hospital refurbishments are expected in regions such as Latin America, the Middle East and 
many parts of Asia. This could increase overall demand for our products and services. 

Changing  Acuities  and  Technological  Impact.  As  a  result  of  the  growing  population  of  the  elderly  and  obese,  health  care 
systems are challenged to treat rising incidences of complex diseases and conditions such as diabetes, congestive heart failure 
and respiratory disease. However, at the same time, patients are being moved through the hospital faster and generally desire 
to  rapidly  move  to  lower  acuity  settings  as  quickly  as  possible.  We  believe  that  this  trend  increases  the  demand  for  more 
solutions to care for these patients in lower acuity settings, such as improved medical technologies, communication tools and 
information technologies. The increasing utilization of these technologies and our ability to meet changing demand with new 
differentiated products will impact our ability to increase revenue and improve margins in the future. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increasing Operational Efficiency. We have and will continue to undertake initiatives to improve our operating efficiency, 
including business realignments, employee reductions in force, product rationalizations, lower sourcing costs and continuous 
improvement  activities  in  our  manufacturing  facilities  and  back  office  functions.  We  believe  our  operating  expenses  and 
margins will be positively impacted by these actions, but it is possible these activities may not produce the full efficiency and 
cost reduction benefits we expect, in a timely fashion, or at all. Further, we may utilize savings produced to reinvest in (or 
fund) other business priorities. 

Patient and Caregiver Safety, Quality, and Economic Outcomes. We believe an increasing emphasis is being placed within 
hospitals  to  assure  quality  of  care  through  increased  accountability  and  public  disclosure.  At  the  same  time,  we  believe 
caregiver  shortages,  worker  related  injuries,  the  aging  workforce,  and  other  staffing  requirements  have  led  to  increasing 
emphasis on caregiver injury prevention. Several pieces of legislation have been enacted over the past few years to address 
these areas including the "pay for performance" initiative by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS") which 
aims to better align reimbursement with improved patient outcomes and the reduction of adverse events including bedsores 
(or pressure ulcers), ventilator associated pneumonia, patient falls, deep vein thrombosis and patient entrapment. Hospitals 
may  experience  reduced  reimbursement  for  hospital  acquired  adverse  events,  making  a  stronger  connection  with  these 
adverse events and revenue levels. Therefore, we believe that healthcare providers will seek to do business with partners that 
can  demonstrate  improved  clinical,  and  consequently,  economic,  outcomes.  A  number  of  the  top  adverse  events  and 
preventable  medical  errors  in  U.S.  hospitals,  including  those  listed  above,  can  be  mitigated  in  part  by  our  technologies, 
processes and services. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the emphasis being placed on patient safety due to 
our products and technologies that are designed to assist providers in materially improving outcomes associated with patients 
across  all  care  settings,  and  we  believe  that  an  effective  program  of  new  product  innovation  focusing on  these  trends  will 
ultimately benefit our revenue growth. Overall increasing emphasis on patient and caregiver safety and quality could increase 
demand for our products and services. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  related  notes,  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this 
Form 10-K  are  presented  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S.  (“GAAP”).  We  provide 
non-GAAP  measures,  including  adjusted  income  before  taxes,  income  tax  expense  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  results, 
because we use these measures internally for planning, forecasting, and evaluating the performance of the business. 

In  addition,  we  analyze  net  revenue  on  a  constant  currency  basis  to  better  measure  the  comparability  of  results  between 
periods. We believe that evaluating growth in net revenue on a constant currency basis provides an additional and meaningful 
assessment to both management and investors. 

We use these measures internally for planning, forecasting, and evaluating the performance of the business. These measures 
should  not,  however,  be  considered  in  isolation,  as  a  substitute  for,  or  as  superior  to  measures  of  financial  performance 
prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
  
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  table  presents  comparative  operating  results  for  the  years  discussed  within  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis: 

(Dollars in millions except per share data) 
Net Revenue 

Capital sales ................................................................    $
Rental revenue ............................................................     
Total Revenue ......................................................................     
Gross Profit 

Capital sales ................................................................     
Rental revenue ............................................................     
Total Gross Profit ................................................................     
Research and development expenses ..................................     
Selling and administrative expenses ...................................     
Special charges ....................................................................     
Operating Profit ................................................................     
Other income (expense), net ...............................................     
Income Before Income Taxes ...........................................     
Income tax expense .............................................................     
Net Income .........................................................................     
Less:  Net income attributable to noncontrolling 
interest ........................................................................     
Net Income Attributable to Common Shareholders ......    $

2015

    % of Related  
Revenue

2014 

    % of Related    
Revenue 

2013 

    % of Related    
Revenue 

Years Ended September 30 

1,604.5 
383.7 
1,988.2 

80.7%   $
19.3%    
100.0%    

1,301.4 
384.7 
1,686.1 

77.2%   $ 
22.8%     
100.0%     

1,308.3 
407.9 
1,716.2 

683.3 
197.0 
880.3 
91.8 
664.2 
41.2 
83.1 
(18.0)   
65.1 
18.3 
46.8 

(0.9)    
47.7 

42.6%    
51.3%    
44.3%    
4.6%    
33.4%    
2.1%    
4.2%    
-0.9%    
3.3%    
0.9%    
2.4%    

571.2 
208.7 
779.9 
71.9 
548.3 
37.1 
122.6 

(7.4)   

115.2 
54.6 
60.6 

43.9%     
54.3%     
46.3%     
4.3%     
32.5%     
2.2%     
7.3%     
-0.4%     
6.8%     
3.2%     
3.6%     

560.5 
219.8 
780.3 
70.2 
549.5 
5.7 
154.9 
(10.9)   
144.0 
39.0 
105.0 

- 

-     

2.4%   $

60.6 

-  
3.6%   $ 

-     

105.0 

76.2%
23.8%
100.0%

42.8%
53.9%
45.5%
4.1%
32.0%
0.3%
9.0%
-0.6%
8.4%
2.3%
6.1%

-  
6.1%

Net Income Attributable to Common Shareholders 

per Common Share - Diluted ..................................    $

0.82     

  $

1.04     

  $ 

1.74     

Note: Certain percentage amounts may not add due to rounding. 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

In this section, we provide a high-level overview of our consolidated results of operations. Immediately following this section 
is a discussion of our results of operations by reportable segment. We disclose segment information that is consistent with the 
way in which management operates and views the business. 

Our performance under each reportable segment is measured on a divisional income basis before non-allocated operating and 
administrative  costs,  acquisition-related  intangible  asset  amortization,  impairments,  litigation,  special  charges,  acquisition 
and  integration  costs,  and  other  unusual  events.  Divisional  income  generally  represents  the  division’s  gross  profit  less  its 
direct operating costs along with an allocation of manufacturing and distribution costs, research and development, and certain 
corporate functional expenses. 

Non-allocated  operating  and  administrative  costs  include  functional  expenses  that  support  the  entire  organization  such  as 
administration,  finance,  legal,  and  human  resources,  expenses  associated  with  strategic  developments,  acquisition-related 
intangible  asset  amortization,  and  other  events  that  are  not  indicative  of  operating  trends.  We  exclude  such  amounts  from 
divisional  income  to  allow  management  to  evaluate  and  understand  divisional  operating  trends  without  the  effects of  such 
items. 

22 

 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
   
  
  
   
  
    
     
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
   
   
     
   
    
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
   
    
      
   
   
     
   
    
      
  
    
      
   
   
     
   
    
      
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Net Revenue 

(Dollars in millions) 
Revenue: 

   Years Ended September 30 

Percentage Change 

2015 

2014 

     Constant 
    As Reported       Currency 

Capital sales ..........................................     $ 
Rental revenue  .....................................       
Total Revenue ..............................................     $ 

1,604.5    $
383.7     
1,988.2    $

1,301.4     
384.7     
1,686.1     

23.3      
(0.3)     
17.9      

29.9 
1.7 
23.5 

Capital  sales  increased,  due  primarily  to  the  impact  of  the  Trumpf  and  Welch  Allyn  acquisitions  which  added  over 
$225 million in sales. Higher patient support systems and clinical workflow solutions sales in our North America segment 
and organic sales increases in our Surgical and Respiratory Care segment also contributed to the increase, partially offset by 
lower sales in our International segment. Order trends in our North America segment show significant growth compared to 
prior periods, while orders in our International segment continue to be volatile due to a higher dependency on large tenders 
and the effects of significant economic uncertainty in Europe and the Middle East. Excluding the impact of the Trumpf and 
Welch Allyn acquisitions, sales increased 4.5 percent on a reported basis and 8.9 percent on a constant currency basis. 

Rental revenue decreased slightly from the prior year as lower revenue in the International segment was offset by increases in 
the  North  America  and  Surgical  and  Respiratory  Care  segments.  The  North  America  increase  was  driven  by  improving 
volumes in the last half of the year due to recent contract wins, which more than offset the decline from the discontinuance of 
third-party  payer  therapy  product  rentals.  International  rental  revenue  was  down  sharply  on  a  reported  basis  as  a  result  of 
foreign currency fluctuations, and down on a constant currency basis by 4.3 percent. 

Gross Profit 

(Dollars in millions) 
Gross Profit 

Years Ended September 30 

2015 

2014 

     Percentage   
     Change 

Capital sales .................................................   $
Percent of Related Revenue .........................

683.3    $
42.6%  

571.2     
43.9%  

Rental revenue .............................................   $
Percent of Related Revenue .........................

197.0    $
51.3%  

208.7     
54.3%  

Total Gross Profit ................................................   $
Percent of Related Revenue ................................

880.3    $
44.3%  

779.9     
46.3%  

19.6  

(5.6)

12.9  

Capital gross profit increased by $112.1 million on higher revenue while gross margin decreased 130 basis points. The gross 
margin decrease is primarily driven by the impact of dilutive Trumpf margins, incremental field corrective action charges of 
$6.2  million,  and  the  prior  year  recognition  of  a  $2.8  million  benefit  from  a  change  in  our  employee  benefits  program. 
Margins were also negatively impacted by the inventory step-up associated with purchase accounting for acquisitions, which 
was $16.2 million in 2015, compared with $6.0 million in 2014. Excluding the aforementioned items, organic capital margins 
increased 60 basis points as the impacts of pricing pressure were more than offset by portfolio mix. 

Rental gross profit decreased $11.7 million and gross margin decreased 300 basis points. The margin decrease is partially due 
to  the  prior  year  recognition  of  a  $2.8  million  benefit  from  the  employee  benefit  program  change  referenced  earlier,  in 
addition to continued pricing pressure and higher field service costs and depreciation on the incremental capital expenditures 
necessary to serve recent contract wins in North America. 

23 

 
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
  
      
 
  
   
 
    
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
      
 
    
  
    
      
      
  
  
  
  
    
     
     
  
  
  
  
    
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
Other 

(Dollars in millions) 

Years Ended September 30 

2015 

2014 

     Percentage   
     Change 

Research and development expenses ...........................   $ 
Percent of Total Revenue ......................................    

91.8    $
4.6%  

71.9     
4.3%  

Selling and administrative expenses ............................   $ 
Percent of Total Revenue ......................................    

664.2    $
33.4%  

548.3     
32.5%  

27.7  

21.1  

Special charges ............................................................   $ 

41.2    $

37.1     

11.1  

Interest expense ...........................................................   $ 
Investment income and other, net ................................   $ 

(18.4)   $
0.4    $

(9.8)    
2.4     

87.8  
(83.3) 

Research  and  development  expenses  increased  27.7  percent  primarily  due  to  the  addition  of  Trumpf  and  Welch  Allyn 
spending, accompanied by additional investment in organic product development initiatives, as well as the prior year benefit 
of $1.2 million associated with the aforementioned employee benefit program change. 

Selling  and  administrative  expenses  as  a  percent  of  total  revenue  increased  90  basis  points.  Selling  and  administrative 
expenses  include  acquisition  and  integration  costs,  acquisition-related  intangible  asset  amortization,  FDA  remediation 
expenses,  a  supplemental  stock  compensation  charge,  and  litigation  settlements  and  expenses  that  totaled  $90.0  million  in 
2015, compared with $43.6 in the prior year. Excluding these items, as well as the favorable impact of the employee benefit 
program  change  of  $6.6  million  recorded  in  2014,  selling  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  140  basis  points  as  a 
percentage of revenue. The improvements were due to operating leverage associated with higher revenue and ongoing cost 
control initiatives. 

Welch Allyn Integration 
In conjunction with the acquisition of Welch Allyn in September 2015, we eliminated approximately 80 positions, primarily 
in Welch Allyn’s corporate support and administrative functions, which became redundant as a result of merging into Hill-
Rom. We recorded $14.4 million of special charges in conjunction with this action in fiscal 2015 for severance and employee 
benefits provided to affected employees. Many of the affected employees must continue service for a specified period of time 
after completion of the merger in order to receive the severance benefits offered. As a result, additional charges related to this 
action of approximately $3 million will be recorded in fiscal 2016 until those service obligations are fulfilled. Cash payments 
related to this action will continue throughout fiscal 2016. 

Pension Settlement Charge 
As disclosed in Note 6, we offered lump sum settlements to all terminated vested participants in our domestic master defined 
benefit retirement plan, which resulted in a settlement charge of $9.6 million. This charge was recorded as a component of 
special charges in fiscal 2015. 

Site Consolidation 
In  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  we  initiated  a  plan  to  streamline  our  operations  and  simplify  our  supply  chain  by 
consolidating certain manufacturing and distribution operations. As part of this action, we announced the closure of sites in 
Redditch,  England  and  Charleston,  South  Carolina.  Upon  closure,  each  site’s  operations  will  either  be  relocated  to  other 
existing  Company  facilities  or  outsourced  to  third-party  suppliers.  For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  we  recorded 
severance and benefit charges of $2.7 million for approximately 160 employees to be displaced by the closures, as well as 
$1.8 million of other related costs. We expect to incur approximately $3 million of additional charges in the first half of fiscal 
2016  for  personnel  costs  and  site  closure  expenses  related  to  this  action  until  the  closures  are  complete.  Cash  payments 
related to these actions will continue throughout fiscal 2016. 

Global Restructuring Program 
During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  we  announced  a  global  restructuring  program  focused  on  improving  our  cost 
structure.  This  action  included  early  retirement  and  reduction  in  force  programs  that  eliminated  over  200  net  positions, 
primarily in the U.S., where the action was substantially completed in fiscal 2014 with cash expenditures continuing during 
fiscal  2015.  The  program  also  included  a  reduction  of  our  European  manufacturing  capacity  and  a  streamlining  of  global 
operations by, among other things, executing a back office process transformation program in Europe. The restructuring in 

24 

 
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
 
    
  
  
   
      
      
  
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
   
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe is in process and has resulted in severance and benefit charges of $6.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2015, 
as well as other costs of $7.2 million related to legal and professional fees, temporary labor, project management, and other 
administrative functions. In the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we also reversed $0.5 million of previously recorded severance 
and benefit charges due to certain plan participants declining continuing healthcare coverage. 

Since the inception of the global restructuring program through September 30, 2015, we have recognized aggregate special 
charges of $37.6 million, which are recorded in both fiscal 2014 and 2015. Charges of $24.9 million were recorded in the 
year ended September 30, 2014, net of reversals. We expect to incur $5 to $10 million of additional European restructuring 
costs through the completion of the program. 

Discontinuance of Third-Party Payer Rentals 
Also during the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a plan to discontinue third-party payer rentals of therapy products 
occurring primarily in home care settings. Special charges recorded for this action included a $7.7 million non-cash tangible 
asset impairment charge, a $2.0 million charge for severance and other benefits for approximately 70 eliminated positions, 
and $1.6 million in other related costs, net of a reversal of $0.2 million which was recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2014. 
This action is substantially complete. 

Batesville Manufacturing Early Retirement Program 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a plan to improve our cost structure and streamline our organization by 
offering an early retirement program to certain manufacturing employees in our Batesville, Indiana plant, meeting specific 
eligibility  requirements,  and  other  minor  reduction  in  force  actions.  These  programs  resulted  in  the  elimination  of 
approximately 35 positions and required recognition of a special charge of approximately $1 million for lump sum payments 
under  the  program  and  severance  and  other  benefits  provided  to  other  affected  employees.  This  action  was  substantially 
complete by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2014. 

Interest expense was higher compared with the prior year due to incremental borrowings made in connection with the Trumpf 
and Welch Allyn acquisitions. 

GAAP and Adjusted Earnings 

Income  before  income  taxes,  income  tax  expense,  and  earnings  attributable  to  common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  are 
summarized  in  the  table  below.  GAAP  amounts  are  adjusted  for  certain  items  to  aid  management  in  evaluating  the 
performance of the business. 

(Dollars in millions, except for per share amounts)   

Income Before 
Income Taxes    

Income Tax
Expense 

2015 

NCI 

    Diluted EPS    

Income Before 
Income Taxes      

2014 
Income Tax 
Expense 

    Diluted EPS1  

Years Ended September 30

65.1    $ 

18.3    $ 

(0.9)   $ 

0.82    $ 

115.2     $ 

54.6    $ 

0.76      

16.3       

5.0      

GAAP Earnings ..............................................   $ 
Adjustments: 

Acquisition and integration costs ............     
Acquisition-related intangible asset 

amortization ..........................................     
Employee benefits change .......................     
FDA remediation expenses .....................     
Field corrective actions............................     
Litigation settlements and expenses ........     
Special charges ........................................     
Supplemental stock compensation 

charge ....................................................     

Foreign valuation allowance and 

62.8      

18.0      

34.1      
-      
3.8      
4.5      
(0.6)     
41.2      

9.8      
-      
1.2      
1.4      
(0.2)     
10.7      

6.1      

2.2      

acquisition dividend tax ........................     

-      

1.9      

-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      

-      

0.42      
-      
0.04      
0.05      
(0.01)     
0.52      

0.07      

(0.03)     

28.8       
(13.4 )     
4.5       
(1.7 )     
-       
37.1       

-       

-       

1.04 

0.19 

0.34 
(0.14)
0.05 
(0.02)
- 
0.45 

8.7      
(5.1)     
1.7      
(0.6)     
-      
10.9      

-      

- 

(20.3)     

0.35 

Adjusted Earnings ..........................................   $ 

217.0    $ 

63.3    $ 

(0.9)   $ 

2.64    $ 

186.8     $ 

54.9    $ 

2.25 

1 Total does not add due to rounding 
NCI = Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
                                                                                                                                                                                   
    
      
      
      
      
       
      
 
  
    
      
      
      
      
       
      
 
  
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2015 was 28.1 percent compared to 47.4 percent in the prior year. The effective tax rate for 
fiscal  2015  is  lower  than  fiscal  2014  due  primarily  to  the  $19.6  million  of  tax  expense  recognized  in  the  prior  year  to 
establish  a  valuation  allowance  on  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  in  France,  primarily  net  operating  losses.  This  compares  to 
$3.3 million of tax benefits in the current year primarily related to the reversal of previously recorded valuation allowances in 
Australia and the one-time catch-up tax benefit from the reinstatement of the research and development tax credit. 

On  December  19,  2014,  the  Tax  Increase  Prevention  Act  of  2014  (the  Tax  Act)  was  signed  into  law.  The  Tax  Act 
retroactively extended the research and development tax credit for one year beginning January 1, 2014 through December 31, 
2014. This credit had previously expired effective December 31, 2013. The reinstatement of the research and development 
tax credit favorably impacted the effective tax rate for fiscal 2015 by approximately $2 million through a combination of a 
one-time catch-up adjustment from the reinstatement of the credit recorded in our first quarter of fiscal 2015 and the inclusion 
of the limited current year research credit into the fiscal 2015 effective tax rate. 

The adjusted effective tax rates were 29.2 and 29.4 percent for fiscal years 2015 and 2014. 

Net  income  attributable  to  common  shareholders  was  $47.7  million  in  fiscal  2015  compared  to  $60.6  million  in  the  prior 
year.  On  an  adjusted  basis,  net  income  attributable  to  common  shareholders  increased  $22.7  million,  or  17.2  percent 
compared  with  the  prior  year.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  decreased  21.2  percent  on  a  reported  basis  and  increased 
17.3 percent on an adjusted basis over the same period. 

Business Segment Results of Operations 

(Dollars in millions) 
Revenue: 

Years Ended September 30 Percentage Change   
    Constant 
As Reported    Currency 

2014 

2015 

North America .............................................................   $
Surgical and Respiratory Care .....................................  
International ................................................................  
Welch Allyn1 ...............................................................  

Total revenue .........................................................   $

1,002.0    $
506.6     
429.4     
50.2     
1,988.2    $

888.9  
301.6  
495.6  
-  
1,686.1  

12.7      
13.4 
68.0      
78.3 
(2.1)
(13.4)     
N/M       N/M 
23.5 
17.9      

Divisional income: 

North America .............................................................   $
Surgical and Respiratory Care .....................................  
International ................................................................  

204.1    $
80.5     
12.8     

165.0  
68.6  
24.9  

23.7      
17.3      
(48.6)     

1 Welch Allyn is not considered a reportable segment but is presented as a reconciling item to total consolidated revenue. 
N/M = Not meaningful 

North America 

North  America  revenue  increased  12.7  percent.  Capital  sales  were  up  17.2  percent  due  to  higher  sales  of  patient  support 
systems and clinical workflow solutions products. Rental revenue increased by 2.4 percent as improved volumes from recent 
contract wins were partially  offset by the discontinuance of third-party payer therapy product rentals in the second half of 
fiscal 2014, along with continued pricing pressure. Excluding the effects of the discontinuance of third-party payer therapy 
product rentals, rental revenue increased 7.6 percent compared with the prior year. 

North  America  divisional  income  increased  23.7  percent  due  primarily  to  increased  revenue  and  the  resulting  increase  in 
gross profit. Capital margins increased 60 basis points compared with the prior year primarily due to favorable changes in 
product  mix.  Rental  margins  declined  as  a  result  of  continued  pricing  pressure,  along  with  our  increased  investment  in 
additional  capacity  to  meet  the  higher  volumes  in  fiscal  2015 from  recent  contract  wins.  Divisional  income  also  benefited 
from improved leverage of operating expenses on higher revenue. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
      
  
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
      
 
 
     
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Surgical and Respiratory Care 

Surgical and Respiratory Care revenue increased 68.0 percent on a reported basis, and 78.3 percent on a constant currency 
basis. Excluding  the  impact  of  the Trumpf  acquisition,  revenue  increased 3.2 percent on  a reported basis driven  by  higher 
respiratory  and  surgical  sales.  Capital  sales  increased  84.8  percent  primarily  due  to  Trumpf,  while  rental  revenue  in 
respiratory care was relatively flat year over year. 

Surgical and Respiratory Care divisional income increased 17.3 percent due to the incremental gross profit from Trumpf, but 
at  a  lower  rate  given  the  lower  Trumpf  margins.  Divisional  income  excluding  acquisitions  was  impacted  by  increased 
investments in research and development and sales channel to support growth initiatives. 

International 

International revenue decreased 13.4 percent on a reported basis, and 2.1 percent on a constant currency basis. International 
capital sales decreased 12.9 percent, or 1.8 percent on a constant currency basis due primarily to weaker sales in Europe, the 
Middle East, and Latin America. Sales in this segment continue to face significant volatility as result of continued economic 
uncertainty in various regions around the world. International rental revenue decreased 16.8 percent on a reported basis and 
4.3 percent on a constant currency basis due to continued volume and pricing pressures. 

International  divisional  income  decreased  48.6  percent  due  primarily  to  lower  revenue  and  the  resulting  decline  in  gross 
profit, partially offset by lower selling and administrative expenses, along with some unfavorable foreign currency impact. 
Capital margins declined 70 basis points from the prior year. Rental margins decreased due to reduced leverage of fleet and 
field service infrastructure as revenue has declined more quickly than our field service costs, along with continued pricing 
pressure. 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

In this section, we provide a high-level overview of our consolidated results of operations. Immediately following this section 
is a discussion of our results of operations by reportable segment. We disclose segment information that is consistent with the 
way in which management operates and views the business. 

Net Revenue 

(Dollars in millions) 
Revenue: 

 Years Ended September 30   Percentage Change 

2014 

2013 

     Constant  
  As Reported      Currency  

Capital sales ......................................................................   $
Rental revenue ..................................................................    
Total Revenue ........................................................................   $

1,301.4    $
384.7     
1,686.1    $

1,308.3    
407.9    
1,716.2    

(0.5)     
(5.7)     
(1.8)     

(1.1)
(6.0)
(2.2)

Capital sales decreased, due primarily to lower patient support system sales in our North America and International segments, 
which  were partially  offset  by  sales  increases  within  the Surgical  and Respiratory  Care  segment.  Surgical  and  Respiratory 
Care sales increased due to strong organic growth and the acquisition of Trumpf in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. In both 
our  North  America  and  International  segments,  capital  order  trends  continue  to  be  volatile  as  our  customers  continue  to 
closely watch their expenditures, looking for clarity in the evolving healthcare marketplace. 

Rental revenue declined in the North America segment primarily due to lower volumes, continued pricing pressure, and our 
discontinuance of third-party payer therapy product rentals. Surgical and Respiratory Care rental revenue was flat for fiscal 
2014, with international rental revenue also flat on a constant currency basis. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
    
 
   
   
      
    
      
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit 

(Dollars in millions) 
Gross Profit 

Years Ended September 30 

2014 

2013 

     Percentage   
     Change 

Capital sales .................................................................    $
Percent of Related Revenue .......................................... 

571.2     $
43.9%  

560.5      
42.8%   

Rental revenue ..............................................................    $
Percent of Related Revenue .......................................... 

208.7     $
54.3%  

219.8      
53.9%   

Total Gross Profit ............................................................    $
Percent of Related Revenue ............................................. 

779.9     $
46.3%  

780.3      
45.5%   

1.9  

(5.1) 

(0.1) 

Capital gross profit and gross margin increased by $10.7 million and 110 basis points during fiscal 2014. The gross profit 
increase,  despite  somewhat  lower  revenue,  comes  from  improved  gross  margin  rates,  driven  by  the  effects  of  the  items 
outlined below. Gross margin was favorably impacted by reversals of $1.7 million associated with previously recorded field 
corrective actions compared to charges of $12.2 million in the prior year. The recognition of a $2.8 million benefit from a 
change in our employee benefit program also favorably impacted gross margin in fiscal 2014. Further, the margin increase 
was partially offset by $6.0 million of inventory step-up associated with fiscal 2014 acquisitions compared to $2.5 million of 
inventory  step-up  recognized  in  fiscal  2013  resulting  from  the  Aspen  Surgical  acquisition.  In  addition,  we  experienced 
improved  margins  in our  International  segment  and  in  certain  Surgical  and  Respiratory  Care  product  lines,  but  these  were 
offset by weaker margins in our North America segment and the impact of the Trumpf acquisition. 

Rental gross profit decreased $11.1 million, but gross margin increased 40 basis points for fiscal 2014. The margin increase is 
due to the recognition of a $2.8 million benefit from an employee benefit program change, coupled with lower depreciation 
expense and field service costs. 

Other 

(Dollars in millions) 

Years Ended September 30 

2014 

2013 

     Percentage   
     Change 

Research and development expenses ...............................    $
Percent of Total Revenue............................................ 

71.9     $
4.3%  

70.2      
4.1%   

Selling and administrative expenses ................................    $
Percent of Total Revenue............................................ 

548.3     $
32.5%  

549.5      
32.0%   

2.4  

(0.2) 

Special charges ................................................................    $

37.1     $

5.7      

550.9  

Interest expense ...............................................................    $
Investment income and other, net ....................................    $

(9.8)    $
2.4     $

(9.5)     
(1.4)     

3.2  
(27.4) 

Research and development expenses increased 2.4 percent, net of a $1.2 million benefit associated with the employee benefit 
program change. The increase in expenses is due to higher spending on new product development initiatives and incremental 
spend  related  to  the  recent  Trumpf  acquisition.  Selling  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  $1.2  million.  Selling  and 
administrative expenses were favorably impacted by various cost control initiatives previously implemented, lower variable 
compensation expenses, and an employee benefit adjustment of $6.6 million referenced earlier. This decrease was partially 
offset  by  $10.3  million  of  acquisition  and  integration  costs  compared  to  $6.3  million  in  fiscal  2013  and  an  incremental 
$8.3 million  of  Trumpf-related  selling  and  administrative  expenses,  along  with  higher  medical  device  tax  of  $1.6  million. 
Despite the lower overall spend, selling and administrative expenses were up slightly as a percentage of revenue on the lower 
revenue. 

28 

 
  
 
  
  
    
       
 
    
  
    
       
       
  
 
  
  
   
      
      
  
 
  
  
   
      
      
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
 
    
  
  
    
       
       
  
 
  
  
   
      
      
  
 
  
  
   
      
      
  
  
   
      
      
  
 
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we announced a global restructuring program to improve our cost structure. As part 
of this program, we offered an early retirement program to certain U.S. employees. Through this program, other reduction in 
force actions, and the elimination of certain contractor and open positions, we eliminated over 200 net positions primarily in 
the U.S. This portion of the program resulted in a special charge of $11.0 million related to severance and other benefits to be 
provided  to  affected  employees.  We  also  recorded  a  $3.2  million  charge  related  to  special  pension  and  postretirement 
healthcare plan benefits granted to employees eligible for the early retirement program. The severance and other benefits and 
postretirement benefit charge balances reflect a $1.3 million reclassification compared to the original charge recorded in the 
second  quarter  of  2014.  Subsequently  during  the  fiscal  year,  we  reversed  $0.7  million  of  the  severance  and  other  benefits 
accrual due to certain plan participants declining continuing healthcare coverage, as well as other changes in circumstances 
affecting the estimated future payments to be made. This portion of the restructuring program is substantially complete, but 
cash  expenditures  will  continue  into  fiscal  year  2015.  The  global  restructuring  program  is  also  reducing  our  European 
manufacturing  capacity  and  streamlining  our  global  operations  by,  among  other  things,  executing  a  back  office  process 
transformation program in Europe. The restructuring in Europe is in process and has resulted in year to date severance and 
benefit  charges  of  $6.8  million.  We  have  also  incurred  other  costs  associated  with  the  global  restructuring  program  of 
$4.6 million related to legal and professional fees, temporary labor, project management, and other administrative functions. 
All these actions are anticipated to yield annual cost savings of approximately $30 million after full implementation. 

Also during the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a plan to discontinue third-party payer rentals of therapy products 
occurring primarily in home care settings. We intend to continue renting these products to facilities and customers who are 
billed  directly  for  the  product.  Due  to  this  action,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $7.7  million  for  certain 
tangible  assets  for  which  the  carrying  values  could  not  be  fully  recovered  as  a  result  of  this  strategic  decision.  We  also 
eliminated approximately 70 positions and recognized a special charge of $2.0 million related to severance and other benefits 
for affected employees and $1.8 million in other related costs. Over the remainder of the fiscal year, we reversed $0.2 million 
of the other related costs as original estimates charged were excessive. The exit of this business was substantially complete 
by the first quarter of fiscal 2015, but certain cash expenditures extended through fiscal 2015. 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a plan to improve our cost structure and streamline our organization by 
offering an early retirement program to certain manufacturing employees in our Batesville, Indiana plant, meeting specific 
eligibility  requirements,  and  other  minor  reduction  in  force  actions.  These  programs  resulted  in  the  elimination  of 
approximately 35 positions and required recognition of a special charge of approximately $1 million for lump sum payments 
under  the  program  and  severance  and  other  benefits  provided  to  other  affected  employees.  This  action  was  substantially 
complete by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2014. 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we announced a plan to improve our cost structure and streamline our organization 
by eliminating in excess of 100 positions across the Company, roughly half of which were contract and open positions. This 
resulted in a special charge of $1.7 million related to severance and other benefits to be provided to affected employees. We 
also incurred a contract termination charge of $0.6 million, a non-cash asset impairment charge of $0.2 million related to a 
product discontinuance action and $1.0 million in other related costs. We reversed $0.6 million of a fiscal 2012 severance and 
other  benefits  charge  that  was  determined  to  be  excessive  during  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2013.  During  the  third  and 
fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2013,  we  continued  actions  under  the  previously  announced  plan  and  incurred  charges  of 
$0.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively. These actions and the related cash expenditures are complete. 

Interest expense was higher for fiscal 2014 due to incremental borrowings made in connection with acquisitions. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
GAAP and Adjusted Earnings 

Income  before  income  taxes,  income  tax  expense,  and  earnings  attributable  to  common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  are 
summarized  in  the  table  below.  GAAP  amounts  are  adjusted  for  certain  items  to  aid  management  in  evaluating  the 
performance of the business. 

(Dollars in millions, except for per share amounts) 

GAAP Earnings ...............................................................   $ 
Adjustments: 

Acquisition and integration costs ...............................  
Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization ......  
Field corrective actions ..............................................  
Employee benefits change .........................................  
FDA remediation expenses ........................................  
Litigation charge ........................................................  
Special charges ..........................................................  
Foreign valuation allowance and acquisition  

dividend tax .............................................................  
International tax reorganization .................................  

Years Ended September 30 

Income 
Before  
Income 
Taxes 

2014 

Income 
Tax  
Expense   

Diluted 
EPS1 

Income 
Before  
Income 
Taxes 

2013 

Income 
Tax  
Expense 

Diluted 
EPS 

115.2  $ 

54.6  $

1.04  $ 

144.0  $ 

39.0 $

1.74 

16.3    
28.8    
(1.7)   
(13.4)   
4.5    
-    
37.1    

5.0   
8.7   
(0.6)  
(5.1)  
1.7   
-   
10.9   

-    
-    

(20.3)  
-   

0.19    
0.34    
(0.02)   
(0.14)   
0.05    
-    
0.45    

0.35    
-    

8.8    
27.7    
12.2    
-    
6.1    
0.5    
5.7    

2.9   
10.1   
4.0   
-   
2.3   
0.5   
1.8   

0.10 
0.29 
0.14 
- 
0.06 
- 
0.06 

-    
-    

-   
0.8   

- 
(0.01)

Adjusted Earnings ............................................................   $ 

186.8  $ 

54.9  $

2.25  $ 

205.0  $ 

61.4 $

2.38 

1  Total does not add due to rounding 

The tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 47.4 percent compared to 27.1 percent in the prior year. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2014 
is higher than fiscal 2013 due primarily to the tax expense recognized in the second quarter of this year to establish a full 
valuation  allowance  in  France  of  $19.6  million  related  to  its  net  deferred  tax  assets,  primarily  net  operating  losses.  The 
effective rate  for 2013  was favorably  impacted  by  $5.4 million  of  period  tax  benefits  consisting  primarily  of  the  one-time 
“catch-up” for the reinstatement of the research and development tax credit, the release of various tax reserves upon statute 
expiration and the favorable impact of tax law changes in select countries. 

The adjusted effective tax rates were 29.4 and 30.0 percent for fiscal years 2014 and 2013. 

Net income was $60.6 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $105.0 million in the prior year period, a decrease of 42.3 percent. 
On  an  adjusted  basis,  net  income  decreased  $11.7  million, or 8.1 percent  in 2014  compared  to  2013. Diluted  earnings per 
share decreased 40.2 percent on a reported basis and 5.5 percent on an adjusted basis over the same period. 

Business Segment Results of Operations 

(Dollars in millions) 
Revenue: 

Years Ended September 30 Percentage Change   
    Constant 
As Reported    Currency 

2013 

2014 

North America .............................................................   $
Surgical and Respiratory Care .....................................  
International ................................................................  

Total revenue .........................................................   $

888.9    $
301.6     
495.6     
1,686.1    $

958.3  
245.8  
512.1  
1,716.2  

(7.2)     
22.7      
(3.2)     
(1.8)     

(6.9)
22.0 
(5.1)
(2.2)

Divisional income: 

North America .............................................................   $
Surgical and Respiratory Care .....................................  
International ................................................................  

165.0    $
68.6     
24.9     

201.7  
56.8  
33.5  

(18.2)     
20.8      
(25.7)     

30 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
    
   
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
      
  
      
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
      
 
 
     
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
North America 

North America revenue decreased 7.2 percent. Capital sales were down 6.6 percent related primarily to volume declines in 
our patient support systems sales, which were down in a challenging and uncertain North American healthcare environment 
where  there  is  continued  pressure  on  capital  spending.  Rental  revenue  declined  by  8.6  percent  primarily  due  to  lower 
volumes, continued pricing pressure, and our discontinuance of third-party payer therapy product rentals. 

North  America  divisional  income  decreased  due  primarily  to  lower  revenue  and  the  resulting  decline  in  gross  profit.  The 
lower  gross  profit  and  somewhat  higher  research  and  development  expenses  were  only  partially  offset  by  lower  operating 
expenses,  most  notably  lower  selling  and  variable  compensation  costs,  along  with  benefits  from  previously  implemented 
restructuring  programs.  Capital  margins  were  down  primarily  on  lower  volumes  and  unfavorable  product  mix.  Rental 
margins were down as the impact of the lower revenue could not be fully offset by lower depreciation expense and reduced 
field service costs. 

Surgical and Respiratory Care 

Surgical  and  Respiratory  Care  revenue  increased  22.7  percent.  Capital  sales  increased  30.1  percent  related  to  higher  sales 
volumes  primarily  in  our  surgical  businesses  and  the  impact  of  the  Trumpf  acquisition.  Excluding  the  Trumpf  acquisition, 
capital  sales  increased  8.9  percent.  Rental  revenue  increased  slightly  on  improved  volumes,  offsetting  continued  pricing 
pressure. 

Surgical and Respiratory Care divisional income increased on the higher sales volumes and the resulting higher gross profit, 
despite  somewhat  lower  gross  margins  due  to  the  dilutive  impact  of  the  Trumpf  acquisition.  The  higher  gross  profit  was 
partially offset by increased research and development and other operating expense spending, generally driven by the Trumpf 
acquisition  and  higher  corporate  expense  allocations  of  $2.8  million.  Overall,  Trumpf  contributed  favorably  to  the 
improvement in divisional income 
. 
International 

International  revenue  decreased  3.2  percent.  International  capital  sales  decreased  4  percent,  or  5.7  percent  on  a  constant 
currency basis.  These declines  are  due primarily  to  weaker  sales  in  the Middle  East  and Europe. Sales  in  the  Middle  East 
region tend to fluctuate based on the timing of large tender deals, while Europe’s healthcare environment continues to face 
pressure on capital spending similar to that in North America. Rental revenue increased 3.9 percent and was flat on a constant 
currency basis. 

International divisional income decreased 25.7 percent. Despite lower revenue, overall gross profit was only down slightly as 
higher margins on improved product mix offset most of the impacts of lower volumes. However, higher operating expenses 
were driven by increased research and development spending and higher operating costs associated with the employee related 
investments in developing markets and higher corporate allocations of $1.5 million. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

(Dollars in millions) 
Cash Flows Provided By (Used In): 
Operating activities ................................................................................     $
Investing activities .................................................................................      
Financing activities ................................................................................      
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ...............................................      
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents ...............................     $

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

213.8    $
(1,756.4)    
1,642.7     
(6.6)    
93.5    $

210.3    $
(294.5)     
63.8      
(7.7)     
(28.1)   $

263.2 
(58.6)
(161.5)
- 
43.1 

Net cash flows from operating activities and selected borrowings have represented our primary sources of funds for growth of 
the business, including capital expenditures and acquisitions. Our financing agreements contain certain restrictions relating to 
dividend  payments,  working  capital  or  additional  unsecured  indebtedness,  and  stronger  limitations  with  respect  to  secured 
indebtedness. Our debt agreements also contain no credit rating triggers. Credit rating changes can, however, impact the cost 
of borrowings under our credit facility described below and any potential future borrowings. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
   
    
 
    
      
      
 
  
 
Operating Activities 

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  during  fiscal  2015  was  driven  by  net  income,  adjusted  up  for  non-cash  expenses 
including  depreciation,  amortization,  stock  compensation,  and  a  pension  settlement  charge,  offset  by  the  provision  for 
deferred income taxes and by changes in working capital. Cash provided by operating activities increased 1.7 percent from 
fiscal 2014, driven by improved working capital management, which more than offset lower net income, as adjusted for non-
cash transactions. 

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  during  fiscal  2014  was  driven  primarily  by  net  income,  adjusted  for  the  non-cash 
effects of depreciation and amortization, stock compensation, an impairment loss, and the provision for deferred taxes. The 
collection  of  receivables  outstanding  as  of  our  previous  year  end  and  subsequent  to  the  Trumpf  acquisition  date  also 
contributed to operating cash flow. These sources of cash were only partially offset by other working capital activities. Cash 
provided by operating activities was down compared to the prior year on lower net income and lower net cash provided by 
working capital activities, primarily associated with lower receivable collections. These reductions were partially offset by 
lower tax payments in fiscal 2014. 

Cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2013 was driven by net income and improved working capital, including 
strong  collections  on  receivables,  adjusted  by  non-cash  expenses  related  to  depreciation  and  amortization,  stock 
compensation, and deferred taxes. 

Investing Activities 

Cash used for investing activities during 2015 consisted mainly of capital expenditures and payments for acquisitions. Capital 
expenditures  increased  from  the  prior  year  due  to  investments  in  our  rental  fleet  to  support  volume  increases  from  recent 
contract wins. Payments for acquisitions increased due to the acquisition of Welch Allyn in September 2015. 

Cash used for investing activities during 2014 consisted mainly of capital expenditures and payments for acquisitions. Capital 
expenditures decreased compared to the prior year, but payments for acquisitions increased primarily due to the purchases of 
Virtus and Trumpf.   

Cash used for investing activities during fiscal 2013 was driven by capital expenditures. 

Financing Activities 

Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2015 consisted mainly of new borrowings which were used to fund the 
Welch Allyn acquisition. Borrowings under our prior credit facility were also used to fund the higher rental fleet investment 
previously  discussed.  This  was  offset  by  treasury  stock  acquired,  dividend  payments,  and  payments  to  retire  previously 
outstanding debt as this was replaced with the financing obtained in conjunction with the Welch Allyn acquisition. During 
the year ended September 30, 2015, we increased our dividends paid by $0.0375 per share compared to the prior year. This 
higher utilization of cash compared to the prior year period was more than offset by lower purchases of treasury stock and our 
borrowing activity. 

Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2014 consisted mainly of borrowings on our existing credit facility which 
were used to fund acquisition activity. This was offset by treasury stock acquired of $71.8 million, payments on outstanding 
debt of $95.2 million, and dividend payments of $34.2 million. During the year ended September 30, 2014, we increased our 
dividends paid by $0.07 per share compared to the prior year. This higher utilization of cash was more than offset by our 
borrowing activity, lower purchases of treasury stock, and higher proceeds on the exercise of stock options. 

Cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2013 primarily related to treasury stock acquired of $94.0 million, revolving and 
long-term debt payments of $45.1 million, and dividend payments to our shareholders of $31.2 million. These uses of cash 
were  partially  offset  by  cash  proceeds  from  stock  option  exercises  and  other  stock  issuances  under  our  employee  stock 
purchase plan. 

The treasury stock acquired balances referenced above refer to purchases in the open market and the repurchases of shares 
associated with employee payroll tax withholdings for restricted and deferred stock distributions. 

Our debt-to-capital ratio was 65.9, 37.8, and 26.3 percent at September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The increase in fiscal 2015 
was attributable to the funding of the Welch Allyn acquisition, including the new borrowings obtained. Shareholders’ equity 
was also negatively impacted by treasury stock acquired and the other comprehensive losses associated with foreign currency 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
translation. The increase in fiscal 2014 was attributable to increased borrowings used to fund the Trumpf acquisition and a 
decrease in shareholders’ equity due to treasury stock acquired and other comprehensive losses recognized associated with 
foreign currency translation and an increase in our net pension obligation. 

Other Liquidity Matters 

In September 2015, the Company entered into four new credit facilities for purposes of financing the Welch Allyn acquisition 
as well as refinancing our previously outstanding revolving credit facility. These new facilities consisted of the following: 

$1.0 billion senior secured Term Loan A facility (“TLA Facility”), maturing in September 2020 
$800.0 million senior secured Term Loan B facility (“TLB Facility”), maturing in September 2022 

 
 
  Senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (“Revolving  Credit  Facility”),  providing  borrowing  capacity  of  up  to 

$500.0 million, maturing in September 2020 
$425.0 million of senior unsecured notes (“Senior Notes”), maturing in September 2023 

 

The TLA Facility, TLB Facility, and Revolving Credit Facility (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) all bear 
interest  at  variable  rates  which  are  currently  less  than  4.0  percent.  These  interest  rates  are  based  primarily  on  the  London 
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), but under certain conditions could also be based on the U.S. Federal Funds Rate or the U.S. 
Prime  Rate,  at  the  Company’s  option.  The  TLA  Facility  and  TLB  Facility  have  required  principal  payments.  The  TLA 
Facility  requires  minimum  principal  payments  of  $50.0  million  in  fiscal  2016,  $75.0  million  in  fiscal  2017,  and  $100.0 
million annually thereafter, with the remaining unpaid principal balance due at maturity. The TLB Facility requires annual 
principal  payments  of  $8.0  million  with  the  remaining  unpaid  principal  balance  due  at  maturity.  We  will  be  able  to 
voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the TLA Facility and the TLB Facility at any time. 

At  September  30, 2015,  there  were  no borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  but  available borrowing  capacity  was 
$490.9 million after giving effect to $9.1 million of outstanding standby letters of credit. At September 30, 2014, there were 
$42.4 million of outstanding standby letters of credit under our previous revolving credit agreements, $39.8 million of which 
pertained to one standby letter of credit issued in connection with the Trumpf acquisition, which expired in January 2015. 
The availability of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility is subject to our ability at the time of borrowing to meet 
certain specified conditions, including compliance with covenants contained in the governing credit agreement. 

The  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  are  held  with  a  syndicate  of  banks,  which  includes  over  20  institutions.  The  general 
corporate  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  collateralize  these  obligations.  The  credit  agreement  governing  these 
facilities contains financial covenants which specify a maximum secured net leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage 
ratio,  as  such  terms  are  defined  in  the  credit  agreement.  These  financial  covenants  are  measured  at  the  end  of  each  fiscal 
quarter,  with  the  first  measurement  date  on  December  31,  2015.  The  required  ratios  vary  through  December  31,  2019 
providing a gradually decreasing maximum secured net leverage ratio and a gradually increasing minimum interest coverage 
ratio, as set forth in the table below: 

Fiscal Quarter Ended 
December 31, 2015 .............................  
December 31, 2016 .............................  
December 31, 2017 .............................  
December 31, 2018 .............................  
December 31, 2019 and thereafter ......  

Maximum 
Secured Net 
Leverage Ratio
4.75x 
4.50x 
4.00x 
3.50x 
3.00x 

Minimum 
Interest Coverage
Ratio 
3.25x 
3.25x 
3.50x 
3.75x 
4.00x 

The Senior Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.75 percent annually. These notes were issued at par in a private placement 
offering and are not registered on any public market. All of the Senior Notes are outstanding as of September 30, 2015. We 
are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, other than in certain 
circumstances such as a change in control or material sale of assets. We may redeem the notes prior to maturity, but doing so 
prior  to  September  1,  2021  would  require  payment  of  a  premium  on  any  amounts  redeemed,  the  amount  of  which  varies 
based on the timing of the redemption. The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains certain covenants which impose 
limitations  on  the  amount  of  dividends  we  may  pay  and  the  amount  of  common  shares  we  may  repurchase  in  the  open 
market, but we do not expect these covenants to affect our current dividend policy or open share repurchase program. The 
terms of this indenture also impose certain restrictions on the amount and type of additional indebtedness we may obtain in 
the future, as well as the types of liens and guarantees we may provide. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are in compliance with all applicable financial covenants as of September 30, 2015 and November 12, 2015. 

We  also  have $43.4  million  of unsecured debentures outstanding at  various fixed  interest  rates  as  of  September  30,  2015, 
classified as long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Our primary pension plan invests in a variety of equity and debt securities. At September 30, 2015, our latest measurement 
date, our pension plans were underfunded by approximately $96.4 million. Based on our current funded status, we currently 
do not anticipate any contributions to our primary pension plan in fiscal 2016. 

We  intend  to  continue  to  pay  quarterly  cash  dividends  comparable  to  those  paid  in  the  periods  covered  by  these  financial 
statements. However, the declaration and payment of dividends by us will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board and 
will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, covenants associated with 
debt obligations, legal requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. 

On September 8, 2015, we completed the acquisition of Welch Allyn for a purchase price of $2.1 billion, including the value 
of 8.1 million shares of common stock which were issued to the seller as consideration for the transaction. The cash portion 
of the purchase price was funded with the new credit facilities previously discussed. On August 1, 2014, we completed the 
acquisition of Trumpf for $223.6 million (net of cash acquired). We funded this transaction with a combination of cash on 
hand and borrowings under our prior revolving credit facility. 

Over the long term, we intend to continue to pursue inorganic growth in certain areas of our business, but the timing, size or 
success of any acquisition effort and the related potential capital commitments cannot be predicted.  

During  fiscal  2015,  we  purchased  1.2  million  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  $54.8  million  in  the  open  market,  leaving 
64.7 million  available  for  purchase.  The  common  stock  was  acquired  under  a  $190  million  share  repurchase  program 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in  September  2013,  which  does  not  have  an  expiration  date.  There  are  no  plans  to 
terminate  this  program  in  the  future,  but  with  the  acquisition  of  Welch  Allyn  and  the  increased  borrowings  obtained  to 
finance the transaction, we will suspend our share repurchase activity temporarily to focus on deleveraging. Repurchases may 
be made on the open market or via private transactions, and are used for general business purposes. 

We believe that cash on hand and generated from operations, along with amounts available under our credit facility, will be 
sufficient to fund operations, working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements, and financing obligations for at least 
the  next  twelve  months.  However,  disruption  and  volatility  in  the  credit  markets  could  impede  our  access  to  capital.  Our 
$500.0  million  revolving  credit  facility  is  with  a  syndicate  of  banks,  which  we  believe  reduces  our  exposure  to  any  one 
institution and would still leave us with significant borrowing capacity in the event that any one of the institutions within the 
group is unable to comply with the terms of our agreement. 

As  of  September  30,  2015,  approximately  49  percent  of  the  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  held  by  our 
subsidiaries in foreign countries. Portions of this may be subject to U.S. income taxation if repatriated to the U.S. However, 
cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries are largely used for operating needs outside the U.S. Therefore, we 
have no need to repatriate this cash for other uses. We believe that cash on hand and generated from operations, along with 
amounts available under our credit facility, will be sufficient to fund operations, working capital needs, capital expenditure 
requirements and financing obligations. 

Credit Ratings 

During fiscal 2015, Standard and Poor’s Rating Services and Moody’s Investor Service issued credit ratings for Hill-Rom of 
BB+ and Ba2, respectively, with stable outlooks. 

Other Uses of Cash 

We  expect  capital  spending  in  2016  to  be  approximately  $110  to  $120  million.  Capital  spending  will  be  monitored  and 
controlled as the year progresses. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commitments 

To  give  a  clear  picture  of  matters  potentially  impacting  our  liquidity  position,  the  following  table  outlines  our  contractual 
obligations as of September 30, 2015: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Contractual Obligations 
Long-term debt obligations ...................................   $
Interest payments relating to long-term debt (1) ...    
Operating lease obligations ...................................    
Pension and postretirement ...................................    
    health care benefit funding (2) ..........................    
Purchase obligations (3)........................................    
Other long-term liabilities (4) ...............................    
Total contractual cash obligations ........................   $

    Less Than      
1 Year 

Payments Due by Period 
1 - 3 
      Years 

3 - 5 
       Years 

    After 5 
Years 

Total 

2,272.3    $
561.3     
73.8     

31.7     
174.8     
38.5     
3,152.4    $

58.0    $
78.7     
28.2     

2.9     
132.0     
-     
299.8    $

194.3    $ 
166.2      
30.5      

6.0      
31.3      
15.4      
443.7    $ 

791.2    $
164.0     
9.5     

6.3     
11.2     
15.2     
997.4    $

1,228.8 
152.4 
5.6 

16.5 
0.3 
7.9 
1,411.5 

(1) 

Interest payments on our long-term debt are projected based on the contractual rates of remaining debt securities. 

(2)  Based on our funded status as of September 30, 2015, we currently do not anticipate any further contributions to our 

master pension plan in fiscal 2016. 

(3) 

Purchase obligations represent contractual obligations under various take-or-pay arrangements executed in the normal 
course  of  business.  These  commitments  represent  future  purchases  in  line  with  expected  usage  to  obtain  favorable 
pricing. Also included are obligations arising from purchase orders for which we have made firm commitments. As a 
result, we believe that the purchase obligations portion of our contractual obligations is substantially those obligations 
for which we are certain to pay, regardless of future facts and circumstances. We expect to fund purchase obligations 
with operating cash flows and current cash balances. 

(4)  Other  long-term  liabilities  include  deferred  compensation  arrangements,  self-insurance  reserves,  and  other  various 

liabilities. 

We also had commercial commitments related to standby letters of credit at September 30, 2015 of $9.1 million. 

In  addition  to  the  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments  disclosed  above,  we  also  have  a  variety  of  other 
agreements related to the procurement of materials and services and other commitments. While many of these agreements are 
long-term  supply  agreements,  some  of  which  are  exclusive  supply  or  complete  requirements-based  contracts,  we  are  not 
committed under these agreements to accept or pay for requirements which are not needed to meet production needs. Also, 
we have an additional $5.8 million of other liabilities as of September 30, 2015, which represent uncertain tax positions for 
which it is not possible to determine in which future period the tax liability might be settled. 

In conjunction with our acquisition and divestiture activities, we have entered into certain guarantees and indemnifications of 
performance, as well as, non-competition agreements for varying periods of time. Potential losses under the indemnifications 
are  generally  limited  to  a  portion  of  the  original  transaction  price,  or  to  other  lesser  specific  dollar  amounts  for  certain 
provisions. Guarantees and indemnifications with respect to acquisition and divestiture activities, if triggered, could have a 
materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We are also subject to potential losses from adverse litigation results that are not accounted for by a self-insurance or other 
reserves; however, such potential losses are not quantifiable at this time, and may never occur. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

Our  accounting  policies,  including  those  described  below,  require  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and 
assumptions  using  information  available  at  the  time  the  estimates  are  made.  Such  estimates  and  assumptions  significantly 
affect various reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. If future experience differs materially from these 
estimates  and  assumptions,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be  affected.  Our  most  critical  accounting 
policies are described below. 

35 

 
 
  
 
 
  
    
      
 
 
   
   
 
    
      
     
      
      
 
     
     
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition 

Net  revenue  reflects  gross  revenue  less  sales  discounts  and  allowances  and  customer  returns  for  product  sales  and  rental 
revenue reserves. Revenue is evaluated under the following criteria and recognized when each is met: 

 

 

 

 

Evidence of an arrangement: An agreement with the customer reflecting the terms and conditions to deliver products or 
services serves as evidence of an arrangement. 

Delivery: For products, delivery is considered to occur upon receipt by the customer and the transfer of title and risk of 
loss. For rental services, delivery is considered to occur when the services are rendered. 

Fixed  or  determinable  price:  The  sales  price  is  considered  fixed  or  determinable  if  it  is  not  subject  to  refund  or 
adjustment. 

Collection is deemed probable: At or prior to the time of a transaction, credit reviews of each customer are performed to 
determine the creditworthiness of the customer. Collection is deemed probable if the customer is expected to be able to 
pay amounts under the arrangement as those amounts become due. If collection is not probable, revenue is recognized 
when collection becomes probable, generally upon cash collection. 

As a general interpretation of the above guidelines, revenue for health care and surgical products are generally recognized 
upon delivery of the products to the customer and their assumption of risk of loss and other risks and rewards of ownership. 
Local  business  customs  and  non-standard  sales  terms  can  sometimes  result  in  deviations  to  this  normal  practice  in  certain 
instances; however, in no case is revenue recognized prior to the transfer of risk of loss and rewards of ownership. 

For non-invasive therapy products and medical equipment management services, the majority of product offerings are rental 
products  for  which  revenue  is  recognized  consistent  with  the  rendering  of  the  service  and  use  of  products.  For  The  Vest® 
product, revenue is generally recognized at the time of receipt of authorization for billing from the applicable paying entity as 
this serves as evidence of the arrangement and sets a fixed or determinable price. 

For  health  care  products  and  services  aimed  at  improving  operational  efficiency  and  asset  utilization,  various  revenue 
recognition techniques are used, depending on the offering. Arrangements to provide services, routinely under separately sold 
service and maintenance contracts, result in the deferral of revenue until specified services are performed. Service contract 
revenue  is  generally  recognized  ratably  over  the  contract period,  if  applicable,  or  as  services  are  rendered.  Product-related 
goods are generally recognized upon delivery to the customer. 

Revenue and Accounts Receivable Reserves 

Revenue is presented in the Statements of Consolidated Income net of certain discounts, GPO fees, and sales adjustments. 
For  product  sales,  we  record  reserves  resulting  in  a  reduction  of  revenue  for  contractual  discounts,  as  well  as  price 
concessions  and  product  returns.  Likewise,  rental  revenue  reserves,  reflecting  contractual  and  other  routine  billing 
adjustments,  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue.  Reserves  for  revenue  are  estimated  based  upon  historical  rates  for 
revenue adjustments. 

Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded as a component of operating expenses and represent our best estimate of the 
amount of probable credit losses and collection risk in our existing accounts receivable. We determine such reserves based on 
historical  write-off  experience  by  industry.  Receivables  are  generally  reviewed  on  a  pooled  basis  based  on  historical 
collection  experience  for  each  receivable  type  and  are  also  reviewed  individually  for  collectability.  Account  balances  are 
charged against the allowance when we believe it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-
balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers. 

If circumstances change, such as higher than expected claims denials, payment defaults, changes in our business composition 
or processes, adverse changes in general economic conditions, instability or disruption of credit markets, or an unexpected 
material adverse change in a major customer’s or payer’s ability to meet its obligations, our estimates of the realizability of 
trade receivables could be reduced by a material amount. 

Liabilities for Loss Contingencies Related to Lawsuits 

We  are  involved  on  an  ongoing  basis  in  claims,  investigations  and  lawsuits  relating  to  our  operations,  including  patent 
infringement, business practices, commercial transactions and other matters. The ultimate outcome of these actions cannot be 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
predicted with certainty. An estimated loss from these contingencies is recognized when we believe it is probable that a loss 
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. However, it is difficult to measure the actual loss 
that  might  be  incurred  related  to  claims,  investigations  and  lawsuits.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  these  actions  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. 

We are also involved in other possible claims, including product and general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability 
and employment related matters. Such claims in the United States have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from 
$25  thousand  to  $1.0  million  per  occurrence  or  per  claim,  depending  upon  the  type  of  coverage  and  policy  period. 
International  deductibles  and  self-insured  retentions  are  lower.  We  are  also  generally  self-insured  up  to  certain  stop-loss 
limits for certain employee health benefits, including medical, drug and dental. Our policy is to estimate reserves based upon 
a number of factors including known claims, estimated incurred but not reported claims and outside actuarial analysis, which 
are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Such estimated reserves are classified 
as Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The recorded amounts represent our best estimate of the costs we will incur in relation to such exposures, but it is possible 
that actual costs could differ from those estimates.  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. This method requires that the identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed be measured at their fair value, with goodwill being the excess value of consideration 
paid less the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired. Judgments and estimates are required in the determination of 
fair values, including the setting of discount rates, growth rates and forecasted business results for the acquired business and 
portions  of  the  acquired  business,  along  with  estimated  useful  lives.  Changes  in  these  judgments  or  estimates  can  have  a 
material impact on the valuation of the respective assets and liabilities acquired and our results of operations. 

We  perform  an  impairment  assessment  on  goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangibles  annually  during  the  third  fiscal 
quarter,  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  a  reporting  unit  may  not  be 
recoverable.  These  events  or  conditions  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a  significant  adverse  change  in  the  business 
environment; regulatory environment or legal factors; a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of 
such  losses  or  a  projection  of  continuing  losses;  a  substantial  decline  in  market  capitalization  of  our  stock;  or  a  sale  or 
disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. 

The goodwill impairment assessment requires either evaluating qualitative factors or performing a quantitative assessment to 
determine  if  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value  is  likely  to  exceed  its  fair  value.  The  qualitative  goodwill  impairment 
assessment  requires  evaluating  factors  to  determine  that  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value  would  not  more  likely  than  not 
exceed its fair value. As part of our goodwill qualitative testing process for each reporting unit, when utilized, we evaluate 
various  factors  that  are  specific  to  the  reporting  unit  as  well  as  industry  and  macroeconomic  factors  in  order  to  determine 
whether it is reasonably likely to have a material impact on the fair value of our reporting units. Examples of the factors that 
are considered include the results of the most recent impairment test, current and long-range forecasted financial results, and 
changes in the strategic outlook or organizational structure of the reporting units. The long-range financial forecasts of the 
reporting units, which are based upon management’s long-term view of our markets and are used by senior management and 
the  Board  of Directors  to  evaluate  operating performance,  are  compared  to  the  forecasts  used  in  the  prior  year  analysis  to 
determine  if  management  expectations  for  the  business  have  changed.  Management  changes  in  strategic  outlook  or 
organizational structure represent internally driven strategic or organizational changes that could have a material impact on 
our results of operations or product offerings. Industry, market changes and macroeconomic indicators represent our view on 
changes outside of the Company that could have a material impact on our results of operations, product offerings or future 
cash  flow  forecasts.  In  the  event  we  were  to  determine  that  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value  would  more  likely  than  not 
exceed its fair value, quantitative testing would be performed comparing carrying values to estimated fair values. Changes in 
management  intentions,  market  conditions,  operating  performance  and  other  similar  circumstances  could  affect  the 
assumptions  used  in  this  qualitative  impairment  test.  Changes  in  the  assumptions  could  result  in  impairment  charges  that 
could be material to our Consolidated Financial Statements in any given period. 

Quantitative testing involves a two-step process. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, is a comparison of each 
reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its 
carrying  value,  applicable  goodwill  is  considered  not  to  be  impaired.  If  the  carrying  value  exceeds  fair  value,  there  is  an 
indication  of  impairment  and  the  second  step  is  performed  to  measure  the  amount  of  the  impairment.  The  second  step 
requires  us  to  calculate  an  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill.  The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  in  the  same 
manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting 

37 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
unit,  as  determined  in  the  first  step,  over  the  aggregate  fair  values  of  the  individual  assets,  liabilities  and  identifiable 
intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the goodwill assigned to a reporting unit 
exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. 

Measurement  of  the  fair  value  of  reporting  units  in  the  first  step  of  a  quantitative  impairment  process  requires  significant 
management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses, capital 
expenditures,  the  selection  and  use  of  an  appropriate  discount  rate,  the  selection  of  comparable  public  companies  and  the 
determination  of  an  appropriate  control  premium.  In  addition,  the  use  of  third-party  appraisals  of  significant  tangible  and 
intangible assets as part of the second step of the impairment test also requires management judgment related to certain inputs 
and  assumptions.  There  are  inherent  uncertainties  related  to  each  of  the  above  listed  assumptions  and  inputs,  and  our 
judgment  in  applying  them.  The  use  of  different  assumptions,  estimates  or  judgments  in  either  step  of  the  process  could 
trigger the need for an impairment charge, or materially increase or decrease the amount of any such impairment charge. 

Retirement Benefit Plans 

We sponsor retirement and postretirement benefit plans covering select employees. Expense recognized in relation to these 
defined  benefit  retirement  and  postretirement  health  care  plans  is  based  upon  actuarial  valuations  and  inherent  in  those 
valuations  are  key  assumptions  including  discount  and  mortality  rates,  and  where  applicable,  expected  returns  on  assets, 
projected  future  salary  rates  and  projected  health  care  cost  trends.  The  discount  rates  used  in  the  valuation  of  our  defined 
benefit pension and postretirement plans are evaluated annually based on current market conditions. In setting these rates we 
utilize  long-term  bond  indices  and  yield  curves  as  a  preliminary  indication  of  interest  rate  movements,  and  then  make 
adjustments to the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under the indices in comparison 
to  the  projected  outflow  of  our  obligations.  Our  overall  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  pension  assets  is  based  on 
historical and expected future returns, which are inflation adjusted and weighted for the expected return for each component 
of the investment portfolio. Our rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of past 
wage adjustments. 

Changes in retirement and postretirement benefit expense and the recognized obligations may occur in the future as a result 
of a number of factors, including changes to any of these assumptions. Our expected rate of return on pension plan assets was 
6.8 percent for fiscal 2015 and 7.0 percent for fiscal 2014 and 2013. At September 30, 2015, we had pension plan assets of 
$219.1  million.  A  25  basis  point  increase  in  the  expected  rate  of  return  on  pension  plan  assets  reduces  annual  pension 
expense by approximately $0.6 million. Differences between actual and projected investment returns, especially in periods of 
significant market volatility, can also impact estimates of required pension contributions. The discount rate for our retirement 
obligation  was  4.4  percent  in  2015,  4.5  percent  in  2014  and  5.0  percent  in  2013.  The  discount  rate  for  our  postretirement 
obligations may vary up to 200 basis points from that of our retirement obligations. For each 50 basis point change in the 
discount rate, the impact to annual pension expense ranges from an increase of $2.4 million to a decrease of $2.2 million, 
while the impact to our postretirement health care expense would be less than $0.1 million. Impacts from assumption changes 
could be positive or negative depending on the direction of the change in rates. 

Income Taxes 

We  compute  our  income  taxes  using  an  asset  and  liability  approach  to  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences 
between  the  financial  reporting  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  corresponding  income  tax  amounts.  We 
have  a  variety  of  deferred  tax  assets  in  numerous  tax  jurisdictions.  These  deferred  tax  assets  are  subject  to  periodic 
assessment  as  to  recoverability  and  if  it  is  determined  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefits  will  not  be  realized, 
valuation  allowances  are  recognized.  We  have  recorded  valuation  allowances  against  certain  of  our  deferred  tax  assets, 
primarily  those  related  to  foreign  tax  attributes  in  countries  with  poor  operating  results  and  certain  other  domestic  tax 
attributes.  In  evaluating  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  would  recover  these  deferred  tax  assets,  future  taxable 
income, the reversal of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies are considered. 

We  believe  that  our  estimates  for  the  valuation  allowances  recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets  are  appropriate  based  on 
current facts and circumstances. We currently have $40.7 million of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, on a tax-
effected basis, relating primarily to certain foreign deferred tax attributes and state tax credit carryforwards. 

We  account  for  uncertain  income  tax  positions  using  a  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The difference between the tax 
benefit  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  for  an  uncertain  income  tax  position  and  the  tax  benefit  claimed  in  the  tax 
return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also have on-going audits in various stages of completion with the IRS and several state and foreign jurisdictions, one or 
more of which may conclude within the next 12 months. Such settlements could involve some or all of the following: the 
payment of additional taxes, the adjustment of certain deferred taxes and/or the recognition of previously unrecognized tax 
benefits.  The  resolution  of  these  matters,  in  combination  with  the  expiration  of  certain  statutes  of  limitations  in  various 
jurisdictions, make it reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may decrease as a result of either payment or 
recognition by approximately $0.5 to $1.5 million in the next twelve months, excluding interest. 

Guarantees 

We  routinely  grant  limited  warranties  on  our  products  with  respect  to  defects  in  material  and  workmanship.  The  terms  of 
these  warranties  are  generally  one  year,  however,  certain  components  and  products  have  substantially  longer  warranty 
periods. We recognize a reserve with respect to these obligations at the time of product sale, with subsequent warranty claims 
recorded directly against the reserve. The amount of the warranty reserve is determined based on historical trend experience 
for  the  covered  products.  For  more  significant  warranty-related  matters  which  might  require  a  broad-based  correction, 
separate reserves are established when such events are identified and the cost of correction can be reasonably estimated. 

Inventory 

We review the net realizable value of inventory on an ongoing basis, considering factors such as excess, obsolescence, and 
other items. We record an allowance for estimated losses when the facts and circumstances indicate that particular inventories 
will not be sold at prices in excess of current carrying costs. These estimates are based on historical experience and expected 
future  trends.  If  future  market  conditions  vary  from  those  projected,  and  our  estimates  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  we  may  be 
required to write down inventory values and record an adjustment to cost of revenue. 

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance 

For  a  summary  of  recently  issued  accounting  guidance  applicable  to  us,  see  Note  1  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to various market risks, including fluctuations in interest rates, the impact of economic downturns, collection 
risk associated with our accounts and notes receivable portfolio, including the effects of various austerity measures initiated 
by some governmental authorities, and variability in currency exchange rates. We have established policies, procedures and 
internal processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to 
such risks. 

We are subject to variability in foreign currency exchange rates in our international operations. Exposure to this variability is 
periodically managed primarily through the use of natural hedges, whereby funding obligations and assets are both managed 
in the local currency. We, from time-to-time, enter into currency exchange agreements to manage our exposure arising from 
fluctuating exchange rates related to specific and forecasted transactions. We operate this program pursuant to documented 
corporate risk management policies and do not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes. The sensitivity of 
earnings  and  cash  flows  to  variability  in  exchange  rates  is  assessed  by  applying  an  appropriate  range  of  potential  rate 
fluctuations to our assets, obligations and projected results of operations denominated in foreign currencies. 

Our  currency  risk  consists  primarily  of  foreign  currency  denominated  firm  commitments  and  forecasted  foreign  currency 
denominated  intercompany  and  third-party  transactions.  At  September  30,  2015,  we  had  outstanding  foreign  exchange 
derivative contracts in notional amounts of $6.7 million with the fair value of these contracts approximating original contract 
value.  The  maximum  length  of  time  over  which  we  hedge  transaction  exposure  is  15  months.  Derivative  gains/  (losses), 
initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), are reclassified to earnings in the period 
when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. 

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company sometimes manages its exposure to interest 
rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (cash flow hedges). As of September 30, 2015, we did not have any 
outstanding interest rate swaps. 

Our pension plan assets, which were approximately $219.1 million at September 30, 2015, are also subject to volatility that 
can be caused by fluctuations in general economic conditions. Our pension plans were underfunded at September 30, 2015 by 
approximately $96.4 million, an increase over the prior year based upon a decrease in the discount rate and lower returns on 
plan  assets.  Continued  market  volatility  and  disruption  could  cause  declines  in  asset  values  and  low  interest  rates  could 
continue  to  keep  our pension  obligation  high.  Should  such  trends  continue,  we  may  need  to  make  additional  pension  plan 
contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase. Investment strategies and policies are set by the plan’s 
fiduciaries.  Long-term  strategic  investment  objectives  utilize  a  diversified  mix  of  equity  and  fixed  income  securities  to 
preserve  the  funded  status  of  the  trusts  and balance  risk and  return. The  plan  fiduciaries  oversee  the  investment  allocation 
process, which includes selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic targets and monitoring asset allocations. 
Target allocation ranges are guidelines, not limitations, and plan fiduciaries may occasionally approve allocations above or 
below a target range or elect to rebalance the portfolio within the targeted range. 

Trust assets are invested subject to the following policy restrictions: short-term securities must be rated A2/P2 or higher; all 
fixed-income securities shall have a credit quality rating “BBB” or higher; investments in equities in any one company may 
not exceed 10 percent of the equity portfolio. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Financial Statements: 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ........................................................................... 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .......................................................................................... 
Statements of Consolidated Income for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ........................... 
Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended  

September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 .......................................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2015 and 2014 ..................................................................................... 
Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 .................... 
Statements of Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ..... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................................................................. 

42
43
44

45
46
47
48
49

Page

Financial Statement Schedule for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013: 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ...................................................................................................... 

83

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial 
statements or the notes thereto. 

41 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Hill-Rom 
Holdings, Inc. (“we” or “our”). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under the supervision of 
our  principal  executive,  principal  financial  and  principal  accounting  officers,  and  effected  by  our  Board  of  Directors, 
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the 
preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States. Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: 

1) 

2) 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets; 

Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States  and  that  our  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our 
management and our Board of Directors; and 

3) 

Provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 
disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  and  procedures  may 
deteriorate. 

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 
30,  2015  using  criteria  established  in  the  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Based  on  these  criteria,  management  concluded  that  we 
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2015. 

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2015  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  who  also  audited  our  Consolidated 
Financial Statements, as stated in their report included herein. 

We  have  excluded  Welch  Allyn  Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “Welch  Allyn”)  from  our  assessment  of 
internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2015, because Welch Allyn was acquired by us in a purchase 
business combination in the fourth quarter of 2015. Welch Allyn is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total 
revenue represent 9 percent and 3 percent, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for 
the year ended September 30, 2015. 

/s/ John J. Greisch 
John J. Greisch 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Steven J. Strobel 
Steven J. Strobel 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Richard G. Keller 
Richard G. Keller 
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their 
operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  September  30,  2015  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement 
schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read 
in  conjunction  with  the  related  consolidated  financial  statements.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2015, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO).  The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement 
schedule,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our 
responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  integrated  audits.  We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the 
standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material  misstatement 
and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audits  of  the 
financial  statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the 
overall  financial  statement  presentation.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included 
performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a 
reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Welch Allyn 
Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “Welch  Allyn”)  from  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of September 30, 2015, because they were acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 
2015.  We  have  also  excluded  Welch  Allyn  from  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Welch  Allyn  is  a 
wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenue represent 9 percent and 3 percent, respectively, of the related 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2015. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Indianapolis, Indiana 
November 19, 2015 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME 
(In millions, except per share data) 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Net Revenue 

Capital sales .....................................................................................................    $
Rental revenue .................................................................................................    
Total revenue ........................................................................................................    

1,604.5    $ 
383.7      
1,988.2      

1,301.4    $
384.7     
1,686.1     

1,308.3 
407.9 
1,716.2 

Cost of Revenue 

Cost of goods sold ...........................................................................................     
Rental expenses ...............................................................................................     
Total cost of revenue ............................................................................................     

921.2      
186.7      

1,107.9  

730.2     
176.0     
906.2 

747.8 
188.1 
935.9 

Gross Profit .........................................................................................................    

880.3      

779.9     

780.3 

Research and development expenses ....................................................................     
Selling and administrative expenses .....................................................................     
Special charges (Note 8) .......................................................................................     
Operating Profit ..................................................................................................    

Interest expense ....................................................................................................    
Investment income and other, net .........................................................................     

91.8      
664.2      
41.2      
83.1      

(18.4)     
0.4      

71.9     
548.3     
37.1     
122.6     

(9.8)    
2.4     

70.2 
549.5 
5.7 
154.9 

(9.5)
(1.4)

Income Before Income Taxes .............................................................................    

65.1      

115.2     

144.0 

Income tax expense (Note 9) ................................................................................     

18.3      

54.6     

39.0 

Net Income ...........................................................................................................

46.8  

60.6 

105.0 

Less:  Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests .........................................     

(0.9)     

-     

- 

Net Income Attributable to Common Shareholders ........................................   $
Net Income Attributable to Common Shareholders 

47.7    $ 

60.6    $

105.0 

per Common Share - Basic ...........................................................................   $

0.83    $ 

1.05    $

1.75 

Net Income Attributable to Common Shareholders 

per Common Share - Diluted ........................................................................   $

0.82    $ 

1.04    $

1.74 

Dividends per Common Share ...........................................................................   $

0.6325    $ 

0.5950    $

0.5250 

Average Common Shares Outstanding - Basic (thousands) (Note 10) ...........    

57,249      

57,555     

59,910 

Average Common Shares Outstanding - Diluted (thousands) (Note 10) .......    

58,536      

58,523     

60,250 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

44 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
    
      
      
 
  
   
      
     
 
   
      
     
 
   
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
 
   
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
   
      
     
 
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

(In millions) 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Net Income ............................................................................................................   $

46.8    $ 

60.6    $

105.0 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax: 

Available-for-sale securities and currency hedges .................................................    
Foreign currency translation adjustment ................................................................    
Change in pension and postretirement defined benefit plans .................................    
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax...................................    

-      
(58.6)     
(8.1)     
(66.7)     

0.3     
(29.6)    
(9.1)    
(38.4)    

0.1 
12.6 
29.6 
42.3 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) ..................................................................    

(19.9)     

22.2     

147.3 

Less:  Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests .......................    

(0.9)     

-     

- 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders  $

(19.0)   $ 

22.2    $

147.3 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

45 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
  
    
      
      
 
  
   
      
     
 
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
  
   
      
     
 
 
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except share amounts) 

September 30 

2015 

2014 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................................................    $ 
Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $26.0 in 2015 and $31.4 in 2014 (Note 1) ...................      
Inventories (Note 1) ..............................................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 9) .................................................................................................      
Other current assets ...............................................................................................................................      
Total current assets ...............................................................................................................................      

192.8    $
494.7     
267.4     
77.0     
109.1     
1,141.0     

Property, plant, and equipment (Note 1) ...............................................................................................      
Less accumulated depreciation .........................................................................................................      
Property, plant, and equipment, net ......................................................................................................      

976.4     
(598.0)    
378.4     

99.3 
411.0 
176.2 
40.9 
51.9 
779.3 

849.6 
(588.1)
261.5 

Intangible assets: 

Goodwill (Notes 1, 2 and 3) ..............................................................................................................      
Software and other, net (Notes 1 and 2) ............................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 9) .................................................................................................      
Other assets ...........................................................................................................................................      
Total Assets .........................................................................................................................................    $ 

1,610.5     
1,247.7     
21.6     
58.4     
4,457.6    $

399.8 
261.1 
23.0 
26.6 
1,751.3 

LIABILITIES 
Current Liabilities 
Trade accounts payable .........................................................................................................................    $ 
Short-term borrowings (Note 4) ............................................................................................................      
Accrued compensation ..........................................................................................................................      
Accrued product warranties (Note 1) ....................................................................................................      
Accrued rebates ....................................................................................................................................      
Other current liabilities .........................................................................................................................      
Total current liabilities ..........................................................................................................................      

136.3    $
58.0     
171.8     
32.1     
33.7     
146.9     
578.8     

Long-term debt (Note 4) .......................................................................................................................      
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits (Note 6) .........................................................................      
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 9) .................................................................................................      
Other long-term liabilities .....................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities ...................................................................................................................................      

2,175.2     
118.8     
380.6     
47.3     
3,300.7     

112.7 
126.9 
89.2 
28.4 
7.1 
78.0 
442.3 

364.1 
76.9 
31.0 
30.5 
944.8 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13) 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 7) 
Capital Stock: 
Preferred stock - without par value: 

Authorized - 1,000,000 shares; none issued or outstanding ..............................................................      

-     

- 

Common stock - without par value: 

Authorized - 199,000,000 
Issued - 88,457,634 shares in 2015 and 80,323,912 shares in 2014 ..................................................      
Additional paid-in-capital .....................................................................................................................      
Retained earnings ..................................................................................................................................      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (Note 1) ................................................................................      
Treasury stock, common shares at cost:  2015 - 23,291,738 and 2014 - 22,884,001 ............................      
Total Shareholders' Equity Attributable to Common Shareholders ......................................................      
Noncontrolling interests ........................................................................................................................      
Total Shareholders' Equity ................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity .......................................................................................    $ 

4.4     
562.0     
1,509.9     
(140.8)    
(788.6)    
1,146.9     
10.0     
1,156.9     
4,457.6    $

4.4 
134.1 
1,499.8 
(74.1)
(757.7)
806.5 
- 
806.5 
1,751.3 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

46 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
    
      
 
    
      
 
  
    
     
 
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
  
    
     
 
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
    
     
 
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Operating Activities 

Net income .............................................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

46.8     $ 

60.6    $

105.0 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Depreciation...............................................................................................................    
Amortization ..............................................................................................................    
Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization ......................................................    
Provision for deferred income taxes ..........................................................................    
Loss on disposal of property, equipment leased to others, 
    intangible assets and impairments ..........................................................................    
Pension settlement charge ..........................................................................................    
Stock compensation ...................................................................................................    
Excess tax benefits from employee stock plans .........................................................    
Change in working capital excluding cash, current debt, 

acquisitions and dispositions: 
Trade accounts receivable ......................................................................................    
Inventories .............................................................................................................    
Other current assets ...............................................................................................    
Trade accounts payable..........................................................................................    
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ...................................................................    
Other, net ...................................................................................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities ...................................................................................    
Investing Activities 

Capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets .........................................................    
Proceeds on sale of property and equipment leased to others .................................................    
Payment for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired ..................................................    
Refund on acquisition of businesses .......................................................................................    
Other ......................................................................................................................................    
Net cash used in investing activities ...........................................................................................    
Financing Activities 

Net change in short-term debt ................................................................................................    
Borrowings on revolving credit facility ..................................................................................    
Payments on revolving credit facility .....................................................................................    
Proceeds from long-term debt ................................................................................................    
Payment of long-term debt .....................................................................................................    
Payment of acquired debt .......................................................................................................    
Repurchase of registered debentures ......................................................................................    
Debt issuance costs .................................................................................................................    
Purchase of noncontrolling interest of former joint venture ...................................................    
Payment of cash dividends .....................................................................................................    
Proceeds from exercise of stock options.................................................................................    
Proceeds from stock issuance .................................................................................................    
Excess tax benefits from employee stock plans ......................................................................    
Treasury stock acquired ..........................................................................................................    
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....................................................................    
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ....................................................................................    
Net Cash Flows .........................................................................................................................    
Cash and Cash Equivalents 

73.6       
10.5       
34.1       
(22.3)      

0.5       
9.6       
25.0       
(3.6)      

(39.7)      
11.0       
(7.7)      
0.7       
53.8       
21.5       
213.8       

(121.3)      
1.5       
(1,638.7)      
-       
2.1       
(1,756.4)      

(0.7)      
95.0       
(135.0)      
2,225.0       
(401.6)      
-       
(5.9)      
(50.3)      
(1.9)      
(37.1)      
12.1       
2.8       
3.6       
(63.3)      
1,642.7       
(6.6)      
93.5       

65.4     
12.2     
28.8     
3.9     

7.2     
-     
18.0     
0.3     

17.1     
9.1     
(2.6)    
7.0     
(12.5)    
(4.2)    
210.3     

(62.7)    
2.4     
(239.5)    
4.6     
0.7     
(294.5)    

(0.2)    
252.0     
(57.0)    
0.8     
(11.4)    
(26.8)    
-     
-     
(1.3)    
(34.2)    
11.5     
2.5     
(0.3)    
(71.8)    
63.8     
(7.7)    
(28.1)    

At beginning of period ...........................................................................................................    
At end of period .....................................................................................................................   $

99.3       
192.8     $ 

127.4     
99.3    $

Supplemental cash flow information: 

Cash paid for income taxes .........................................................................................................   $
Cash paid for interest ..................................................................................................................   $

49.1     $ 
6.3     $ 

44.4    $
7.8    $

Non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Treasury stock issued under stock compensation plans ..........................................................   $
Common stock issued for acquisition of businesses ...............................................................   $

32.4     $ 
416.3     $ 

20.6    $
-    $

71.2 
17.9 
27.7 
(14.8)

1.5 
- 
13.5 
(0.3)

30.8 
8.4 
(6.5)
0.1 
(0.2)
8.9 
263.2 

(65.3)
5.9 
- 
0.8 
- 
(58.6)

- 
- 
(35.0)
- 
(10.1)
- 
- 
- 
(1.6)
(31.2)
7.6 
2.5 
0.3 
(94.0)
(161.5)
- 
43.1 

84.3 
127.4 

68.1 
7.5 

18.4 
- 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

47 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
  
    
       
      
 
    
       
      
 
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
  
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
  
   
       
     
 
  
   
       
     
 
   
       
     
 
 
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In millions, except share amounts) 

Common Stock 

Shares 

  Outstanding    Amount 

   Additional
   Paid-in-
   Capital

Accumulated
Other

Retained  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Earnings 

Common Stock
in Treasury

Shares 

Amount 

   Total Equity    
   Attributable    
   to Common    Noncontrolling
  Shareholders   

Interests

Total

Balance at September 30, 2012 ............     60,796,923   $ 

4.4  $

116.8  $

1,400.3  $

(78.0)  19,526,989  $

(630.9) $ 

812.6    $ 

-  $

812.6 

Net income ..............................................     
Other comprehensive income, net of tax  

-     

-     
of ($18.1) .............................................     
Dividends ................................................     
-     
Treasury shares acquired ........................      (2,844,765)    
Stock awards and option exercises .........     
571,234     
Balance at September 30, 2013 ............     58,523,392    

Net income ..............................................     
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  

-     

-     
of $4.9 ..................................................     
Dividends ................................................     
-     
Treasury shares acquired ........................      (1,709,523)    
Stock awards and option exercises .........     
626,042     
Balance at September 30, 2014 ............     57,439,911    

Net income ..............................................     
Consolidation of noncontrolling interest    
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  

-     
-     

-     
of $5.1 ..................................................     
Dividends ................................................     
-     
Issuance of common stock ......................      8,133,722     
Treasury shares acquired ........................      (1,373,321)    
Stock awards and option exercises .........     
965,584     
Balance at September 30, 2015 ............     65,165,896   $ 

-    

-    
-    
-    
-    
4.4    

-    

-    
-    
-    
-    
4.4    

-    
-    

-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
4.4  $

-   

105.0    

-   

-    

-     

105.0      

-   
0.3   
-   
5.6   
122.7   

-    
(31.5)   
-    
-    
1,473.8    

-    
42.3   
-   
-    
-    2,844,765    
(571,234)   
-   
(35.7)  21,800,520    

-     
-     
(94.0)   
18.4     
(706.5)   

42.3      
(31.2)    
(94.0)    
24.0      
858.7      

-   

60.6    

-   

-    

-     

60.6      

-   
0.4   
-   
11.0   
134.1   

-    
(34.6)   
-    
-    
1,499.8    

-    
(38.4)  
-   
-    
-    1,709,523    
(626,042)   
-   
(74.1)  22,884,001    

-     
-     
(71.8)   
20.6     
(757.7)   

-   
-   

47.7    
-    

-   
-   

-    
-    

-     
-     

(38.4)    
(34.2)    
(71.8)    
31.6      
806.5      

47.7      
-      

-   
0.5   
416.3   
-   
11.1   
562.0  $

-    
(37.6)   
-    
-    
-    
1,509.9  $

(66.7)  
-    
-   
-    
-    
-   
-    1,373,321    
(965,584)   
-   
(140.8)  23,291,738  $

-     
-     
-     
(63.3)   
32.4     
(788.6) $ 

(66.7)    
(37.1)    
416.3      
(63.3)    
43.5      
1,146.9    $ 

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   

(0.9)  
10.9   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
10.0  $

105.0 

42.3 
(31.2)
(94.0)
24.0 
858.7 

60.6 

(38.4)
(34.2)
(71.8)
31.6 
806.5 

46.8 
10.9 

(66.7)
(37.1)
416.3 
(63.3)
43.5 
1,156.9 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

48 

 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
                                                               
                   
                  
                                           
                   
 
    
     
    
   
    
   
    
     
      
   
 
   
  
   
     
    
   
    
   
    
     
      
   
 
   
  
   
     
    
   
    
   
    
     
      
   
 
 
 
 
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Dollars in millions except per share data) 

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Operations 

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Hill-Rom,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was incorporated on August 7, 1969 in the State 
of Indiana and is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois. We are a leading global medical technology company with more than 
10,000 employees worldwide. We partner with health care providers in more than 100 countries by focusing on patient care 
solutions that improve clinical and economic outcomes in five core areas: Advancing Mobility, Wound Care and Prevention, 
Clinical Workflow, Surgical Safety and Efficiency, and Respiratory Health. Around the world, Hill-Rom's people, products, 
and programs work towards one mission: Enhancing outcomes for patients and their caregivers. 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Hill-Rom and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. In addition, we 
also  consolidate  variable 
to  have  a  controlling  financial 
interest. Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation,  including  the  intercompany 
transactions with consolidated VIEs. Where our ownership interest is less than 100 percent, the noncontrolling interests are 
reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current 
year presentation. 

interest  entities  (VIEs)  where  Hill-Rom 

is  deemed 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of 
revenue  and  expense  during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Examples  of  such 
estimates include our accounts receivable reserves (Note 1), accrued warranties (Note 1), the impairment of intangibles and 
goodwill (Note 3), income taxes (Notes 1 and 9) and commitments and contingencies (Note 13), among others. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We consider investments in marketable securities and other highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less 
at date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments which have no stated maturity are also considered cash equivalents. 
All of our marketable securities may be freely traded. 

Trade Accounts Receivable 

Trade  accounts  receivable  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced  amount  and  do  not  bear  interest,  unless  the  transaction  is  an 
installment sale with payment terms exceeding one year. Reserves for uncollectible accounts represent our best estimate of 
the  amount  of  probable  credit  losses  and  collection  risk  in  our  existing  accounts  receivable.  We  determine  such  reserves 
based on historical write-off experience by industry and reimbursement platform. Receivables are generally reviewed on a 
pooled  basis  based  on  historical  collection  experience  for  each  reimbursement  and  receivable  type.  Receivables  for  sales 
transactions are also reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged against the allowance when we 
believe it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to 
our  customers.  If  circumstances  change,  such  as  higher  than  expected  claims  denials,  payment  defaults,  changes  in  our 
business  composition  or  processes,  adverse  changes  in  general  economic  conditions,  unfavorable  impacts  of  austerity 
measures  initiated  by  some  governmental  authorities,  instability  or  disruption of  credit  markets, or  an  unexpected material 
adverse  change  in  a  major  customer’s  or  payer’s  ability  to  meet  its  obligations,  our  estimates  of  the  realizability  of  trade 
receivables could be reduced by a material amount. 

Within rental revenue, the domestic third-party payers’ reimbursement process requires extensive documentation, which has 
had  the  effect  of  slowing  both  the  billing  and  cash  collection  cycles  relative  to  the  rest  of  the  business,  and  therefore, 
increasing total accounts receivable. Because of the extensive documentation required and the requirement to settle a claim 
with the primary payer prior to billing the secondary and/or patient portion of the claim, the collection period for a claim in a 
portion of our business may, in some cases, be extended. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We generally hold our trade accounts receivable until they are paid. Certain long-term receivables are occasionally sold to 
third parties; however, any recognized gain or loss on such sales has historically not been material. 

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs are determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method 
for  approximately  21  and  29 percent  of  our  inventories  at  September  30,  2015  and 2014.  Costs  for other  inventories  have 
been determined principally by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories consist of the following: 

September 30 

2015 

2014 

Finished products ....................................................................  $
Work in process ......................................................................   
Raw materials .........................................................................   
Total ........................................................................................  $

133.2  $
46.1   
88.1   
267.4  $

93.5 
17.3 
65.4 
176.2 

If the FIFO method of inventory accounting, which approximates current cost, had been used for all inventories, they would 
have been approximately $3.2 million and $4.0 million higher than reported at September 30, 2015 and 2014. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the assets using principally 
the straight-line method. Ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows: 

   Useful Life
Land improvements ..............................    
6 - 15 years
Buildings and building equipment ........     10 - 40 years
3 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment ....................    
2 -10 years 
Equipment leased to others ...................    

When  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  retired  from  service  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and  related  amount  of 
depreciation  or  amortization  are  eliminated  from  the  asset  and  accumulated  depreciation  accounts.  The  difference,  if  any, 
between the net asset value and the proceeds on sale are charged or credited to income. Total depreciation expense for fiscal 
years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $73.6 million, $65.4 million and $71.2 million. The major components of property and the 
related accumulated depreciation were as follows: 

September 30 

2015 
    Accumulated       
    Depreciation     

2014 
    Accumulated 
    Depreciation 

Cost 

Cost 

Land and land improvements .........................................................  $
Buildings and building equipment .................................................   
Machinery and equipment .............................................................   
Equipment leased to others ............................................................   
Total ...............................................................................................  $

23.3    $
196.2     
369.5     
387.4     
976.4    $

2.8    $
90.3      
226.5      
278.4      
598.0    $

19.4    $
158.3     
321.3     
350.6     
849.6    $

2.3 
88.6 
213.7 
283.5 
588.1 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets are stated at cost and consist predominantly of goodwill, software, patents, acquired technology, trademarks, 
and acquired customer relationship assets. With the exception of goodwill and certain trademarks, our intangible assets are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over periods generally ranging from 3 to 20 years. 

We  assess  the carrying value  of  goodwill  and  non-amortizable  intangibles  annually, during  the  third  quarter of  each  fiscal 
year, or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Goodwill is allocated among the 
reporting units based on the relative fair value of those units. 

50 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
    
  
 
  
    
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
The majority of our goodwill and many of our intangible assets are not deductible for income tax purposes. A summary of 
intangible assets and the related accumulated amortization and impairment losses follows: 

September 30 

2015 

2014 

Cost 

  Amortization       
  and Impairment   

Cost 

    Amortization 
    and Impairment  

Goodwill .............................................................   $
Software ..............................................................     
Patents and Trademarks ......................................     
Other ...................................................................     
Total ....................................................................   $

2,083.3  $
181.7   
497.6   
872.8   
3,635.4  $

472.8   $ 
139.2     
16.9     
148.3     
777.2   $ 

872.6   $ 
170.5     
67.1     
306.8     
1,417.0   $ 

472.8 
146.6 
16.0 
120.7 
756.1 

Amortization expense for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $44.6 million, $41.0 million and $45.6 million. As further 
discussed  in  Note  3,  we  have  various  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  representing  trade  names  with  a  carrying  value  of 
$466.9  million  at  September  30,  2015  and  $32.9  million  at  September  30,  2014.  Amortization  expense  for  all  other 
intangibles is expected to approximate the following for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter: 

2016 ...........................................................   $
2017 ...........................................................   $
2018 ...........................................................   $
2019 ...........................................................   $
2020 ...........................................................   $
2021 and beyond ........................................   $

  Amount 
92.9
85.8
81.6
78.0
74.4
368.1

Software consists mainly of capitalized costs associated with internal use software, including applicable costs associated with 
the  implementation/upgrade  of  our  Enterprise  Resource  Planning  systems.  In  addition,  software  includes  capitalized 
development  costs  for  software  products  to  be  sold.  The  net  book  value  of  computer  software  costs,  included  within 
intangible  assets,  was  $42.5  million  and  $23.9  million  at  September  30,  2015  and  2014.  Capitalized  software  costs  are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to ten years. Software amortization expense approximated 
$9.8 million, $11.5 million and $17.8 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, and is included in the total intangibles 
amortization presented earlier. 

Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories: 

 

 

 

Level  1:  Financial  instruments  with  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the 
measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets and liabilities. 

Level 2:  Financial instruments with observable inputs other than those included in Level 1 such as quoted prices 
for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or 
can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

Level 3:  Financial instruments with unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that 
are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions that 
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). Unobservable 
inputs shall be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include our 
own data. 

We record cash and cash equivalents, as disclosed on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as Level 1 instruments and certain 
other investments and insignificant derivatives as either Level 2 or 3 instruments. Refer to Note 4 for disclosure of our debt 
instrument fair values. 

51 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
    
 
  
 
 
                                                                                                                            
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees 

We  routinely  grant  limited  warranties  on  our  products  with  respect  to  defects  in  material  and  workmanship.  The  terms  of 
these  warranties  are  generally  one  year,  however,  certain  components  and  products  have  substantially  longer  warranty 
periods. We recognize a reserve with respect to these obligations at the time of product sale, with subsequent warranty claims 
recorded directly against the reserve. The amount of the warranty reserve is determined based on historical trend experience 
for  the  covered  products.  For  more  significant  warranty-related  matters  which  might  require  a  broad-based  correction, 
separate reserves are established when such events are identified and the cost of correction can be reasonably estimated. 

A reconciliation of changes in our warranty reserve is as follows: 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Balance at October 1 .................................................................   $
Provision for warranties during the period ...............................    
Warranty reserves acquired ......................................................    
Warranty claims incurred during the period .............................    
Balance at September 30 ...........................................................   $

28.4    $
14.7     
7.1     
(18.1)    
32.1    $

38.1    $ 
9.8      
3.0      
(22.5)     
28.4    $ 

42.2 
29.2 
(2.6)
(30.7)
38.1 

In the normal course of business we enter into various other guarantees and indemnities in our relationships with suppliers, 
service  providers,  customers,  business  partners  and  others.  Examples  of  these  arrangements  would  include  guarantees  of 
product performance, indemnifications to service providers and indemnifications of our actions to business partners. These 
guarantees  and  indemnifications  have  not  historically  nor  do  we  expect  them  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
condition or results of operations, although indemnifications associated with our actions generally have no dollar limitations. 

In conjunction with our acquisition and divestiture activities, we have entered into select guarantees and indemnifications of 
performance  with  respect  to  the  fulfillment  of  our  commitments  under  applicable  purchase  and  sale  agreements.  The 
arrangements  generally  indemnify  the  buyer  or  seller  for  damages  associated  with  breach  of  contract,  inaccuracies  in 
representations and warranties surviving the closing date and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments retained under the 
applicable  contract. With respect  to  sale  transactions, we also  routinely  enter  into  non-competition  agreements  for varying 
periods of time. Guarantees and indemnifications with respect to acquisition and divestiture activities, if triggered, could have 
a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Accrued Rebates 

We provide rebates and sales incentives to certain customer groups and distributors. Provisions for rebates are recorded as a 
reduction  in  net  revenue  when  revenue  is  recognized.  In  some  cases,  rebates  may  be  payable  directly  to  the  customer  or 
distributor.  We  also  have  arrangements  where  we  provide  rebates  to  certain  distributors  that  sell  to  end-user  customers  at 
prices determined under a contract between us and the end-user customer. 

Employee Benefits Change 

During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  we  implemented  a  new  paid  time  off  policy  as  part  of  our  employee  benefits 
programs, replacing certain previously existing vacation and sick time policies. In conjunction with these changes in policies, 
the  vesting  provisions  with  respect  to  the  accumulation  of  paid  time  off  were  delayed  resulting  in  the  recognition  and 
utilization of paid time off in the same benefits year. As a result of this change, significant portions of our existing accrued 
vacation  balance  were  no  longer  necessary  and  we  reversed  $12.2  million  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014  and  an 
additional  $1.2  million  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2014  to  reflect  the  change  in  vesting  provisions.  All  accounting  with 
respect to this change in policy is complete. 

Retirement Plans 

We sponsor retirement and postretirement plans covering select employees. Expense recognized in relation to these defined 
benefit retirement plans and postretirement health care plans in the U.S. is based upon actuarial valuations and inherent in 
those  valuations  are  key  assumptions  including  discount  rates,  and  where  applicable,  expected  returns  on  assets,  projected 
future  salary  rates  and  projected  health  care  cost  trends.  The  discount  rates  used  in  the  valuation  of  our  defined  benefit 
pension and postretirement plans are evaluated annually based on current market conditions. In setting these rates we utilize 
long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate movements, and then make adjustments to 
the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under the indices in comparison to the projected 

52 

 
 
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
    
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
outflow of our obligations. Our overall expected long-term rate of return on pension assets is based on historical and expected 
future  returns,  which  are  inflation  adjusted  and  weighted  for  the  expected  return  for  each  component  of  the  investment 
portfolio. Our rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of wage adjustments. 

We account for our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans by recognizing the funded status of a benefit plan 
in the statement of financial position. We also recognize in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) certain gains and 
losses  that  arose  during  the  period.  See  Note  6  for  key  assumptions  and  further  discussion  related  to  our  pension  and 
postretirement plans. 

Environmental Liabilities 

Expenditures  that  relate  to  an  existing  condition  caused  by  past  operations,  and  which  do  not  contribute  to  future  revenue 
generation, are expensed. A reserve is established when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the 
loss can be reasonably estimated. These reserves are determined without consideration of possible loss recoveries from third 
parties. 

Specific costs included in environmental expense and reserves include site assessment, development of a remediation plan, 
clean-up  costs,  post-remediation  expenditures,  monitoring,  fines,  penalties  and  legal  fees.  Reserve  amounts  represent  the 
expected undiscounted future cash outflows associated with such plans and actions. 

Self Insurance 

We are also involved in other possible claims, including product and general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability 
and employment related matters. Such claims in the United States have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from 
$25  thousand  to  $1.0  million  per  occurrence  or  per  claim,  depending  upon  the  type  of  coverage  and  policy  period. 
International  deductibles  and  self-insured  retentions  are  lower.  We  are  also  generally  self-insured  up  to  certain  stop-loss 
limits for certain employee health benefits, including medical, drug and dental. Our policy is to estimate reserves based upon 
a number of factors including known claims, estimated incurred but not reported claims and outside actuarial analysis, which 
are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Such estimated reserves are classified 
as Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Treasury Stock 

Treasury stock consists of our common shares that have been issued, but subsequently reacquired. We account for treasury 
stock purchases under the cost method. When these shares are reissued, we use an average-cost method to determine cost. 
Proceeds in excess of cost are credited to additional paid-in capital. 

Revenue Recognition — Sales and Rentals 

Net  revenue  reflects  gross  revenue  less  sales  discounts  and  allowances  and  customer  returns  for  product  sales  and  rental 
revenue reserves. Revenue is evaluated under the following criteria and recognized when each is met: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Evidence  of  an  arrangement:  An  agreement  with  the  customer  reflecting  the  terms  and  conditions  to  deliver 
products or services serves as evidence of an arrangement. 

Delivery: For products, delivery is considered to occur upon transfer of title and risk of loss per the respective 
sales terms. For rental services, delivery is considered to occur when the services are rendered. 

Fixed or determinable price: The sales price is considered fixed or determinable if it is not subject to refund or 
measurable adjustment. 

Collection  is  deemed  probable:  At  or  prior  to  the  time  of  a  transaction,  credit  reviews  of  each  customer  are 
performed  to  determine  the  creditworthiness  of  the  customer.  Collection  is  deemed  probable  if  the  customer  is 
expected  to  be  able  to  pay  amounts  under  the  arrangement  as  those  amounts  become  due.  If  collection  is  not 
probable, revenue is recognized when collection becomes probable, generally upon cash collection. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  a  general  interpretation  of  the  above  guidelines,  revenue  for  health  care  and  surgical  products  is  generally  recognized 
upon the assumption of risk of loss and other risks and rewards of ownership by the customer. Local business customs and 
non-standard sales terms can sometimes result in deviations to this normal practice in certain instances; however, in no case 
is revenue recognized prior to the transfer of risk of loss and rewards of ownership. 

For non-invasive therapy products and medical equipment management services, the majority of product offerings are rental 
products  for  which  revenue  is  recognized  consistent  with  the  rendering  of  the  service  and  use  of  products.  For  The  Vest® 
product, revenue is generally recognized at the time of receipt of authorization for billing from the applicable paying entity as 
this serves as evidence of the arrangement and sets a fixed or determinable price. 

For health care products and services in the information technology space, various revenue recognition techniques are used, 
depending  on  the  offering.  Arrangements  to  provide  services,  routinely  under  separately  sold  service  and  maintenance 
contracts,  result  in  the  deferral  of  revenue  until  specified  services  are  performed.  Service  contract  revenue  is  generally 
recognized  ratably  over  the  contract  period,  if  applicable,  or  as  services  are  rendered.  Product-related  goods  are  generally 
recognized upon delivery to the customer. 

Revenue is presented in the Statements of Consolidated Income net of certain discounts, GPO fees, and sales adjustments. 
For  product  sales,  we  record  reserves  resulting  in  a  reduction  of  revenue  for  contractual  discounts,  as  well  as  price 
concessions  and  product  returns.  Likewise,  rental  revenue  reserves,  reflecting  contractual  and  other  routine  billing 
adjustments,  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue.  Reserves  for  revenue  are  estimated  based  upon  historical  rates  for 
revenue adjustments. 

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Units 

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue producing transaction between us and our 
customers, including but not limited to sales taxes, use taxes, and value added taxes, are accounted for on a net (excluded 
from revenue and cost) basis. 

Cost of Revenue 

Cost  of goods sold for product  sales  consists  primarily  of  purchased  material  costs, fixed  manufacturing  expense,  variable 
direct  labor,  overhead  costs  and  costs  associated  with  the  distribution  and  delivery  of  products  to  our  customers.  Rental 
expenses consist of costs associated directly with rental revenue, including depreciation, maintenance, logistics and service 
center facility and personnel costs. 

Research and Development Costs 

Research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Costs  were  $91.8  million,  $71.9  million  and  $70.2  million  for 
fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

In addition, certain costs for software development technology held for sale are capitalized as intangibles and are amortized 
over a period of three to five years once the software is ready for its intended use. The amount capitalized during fiscal years 
2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $2.6 million, $2.6 million and $2.4 million. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Costs were $6.8 million, $7.3 million and $7.4 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 
and 2013. 

Comprehensive Income 

We include the net-of-tax effect of unrealized gains or losses on our available-for-sale securities, foreign currency translation 
adjustments  and  pension  or  other  defined  benefit  postretirement  plans’  actuarial  gains  or  losses  and  prior  service  costs  or 
credits in comprehensive income. See Note 5 for further details. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of foreign operations is generally the local currency in the country of domicile. Assets and liabilities 
of foreign operations are primarily translated into U.S. dollars at year-end rates of exchange and the income statements are 
translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Adjustments resulting from translation of the financial 
statements  of  foreign  operations  into  U.S.  dollars  are  excluded  from  the  determination  of  net  income,  but  included  as  a 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  Foreign  currency  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  foreign 
currency transactions are included in our results of operations and are not material. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  under  fair  value  provisions.  Stock-based  compensation  cost  is  measured  at  the 
grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. In order to determine the fair 
value of stock options and other performance-based stock awards on the date of grant, we utilize a Binomial model. Inherent 
in this model are assumptions related to a volatility factor, expected life, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and expected 
forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on factual data derived from public sources. The volatility factor, expected life, 
dividend  yield  and  expected  forfeiture  assumptions  require  judgment  utilizing  historical  information,  peer  data  and  future 
expectations. Deferred stock (also known as restricted stock units (“RSUs”)) is measured based on the fair market price of 
our  common  stock  on  the date  of  grant,  as reported  by  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  multiplied  by  the  number  of  units 
granted. See Note 7 for further details. 

Income Taxes 

The  Company  and  our  eligible  domestic  subsidiaries  file  a  consolidated  U.S.  income  tax  return.  Foreign  operations  file 
income tax returns in a number of jurisdictions. Deferred income taxes are computed using an asset and liability approach to 
reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
and  the  corresponding  income  tax  amounts.  We  have  a  variety  of  deferred  tax  assets  in  numerous  tax  jurisdictions.  These 
deferred tax assets are subject to periodic assessment as to recoverability. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that 
the benefits will not be realized, valuation allowances are recognized. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that we 
would  recover  these  deferred  tax  assets,  future  taxable  income,  the  reversal  of  existing  temporary  differences  and  tax 
planning strategies are considered. 

We  account  for  uncertain  income  tax  positions  using  a  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The difference between the tax 
benefit  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  for  an  uncertain  income  tax  position  and  the  tax  benefit  claimed  in  the  tax 
return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. See Note 9 for further details. 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity 

We  use  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  the  economic  impact  of  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  and  interest 
rates.  Derivative  financial  instruments  related  to  currency  exchange  rates  include  forward  purchase  and  sale  agreements 
which generally have terms no greater than 15 months. Additionally, interest rate swaps are sometimes used to convert some 
or all of our long-term debt to either a fixed or variable rate. 

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognized  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  either  assets  or  liabilities  and  are 
measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in the Statement of Consolidated 
Income  or  the  Statement  of  Consolidated  Comprehensive  Income,  depending  on  whether  a  derivative  is  designated  and 
considered effective as part of a hedge transaction, and if it is, the type of hedge transaction. Gains and losses on derivative 
instruments  reported  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  are  subsequently  included  in  the  Statement  of 
Consolidated  Income  in  the  periods  in  which  earnings  are  affected  by  the  hedged  item.  These  activities  have  not  had  a 
material effect on our financial position or results of operations for the periods presented herein. 

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance 

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, 
which provides guidance for revenue recognition. The standard’s core principle, as further amended, is that a company will 
recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to 
which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 
2015-14 which delayed the effective date of the new revenue guidance by one year. As a result, the provisions of ASU 2014-
09 will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, ending December 31, 2018. Early adoption is permitted as of the 
original effective date, but not earlier. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASU on 
our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The amendments in 
this ASU require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct 
deduction  from  the  carrying  amount  of  that  debt  liability,  consistent  with  debt  discounts.  In  August  2015,  the  FASB 
issued ASU No. 2015-15, “Interest – Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of 
Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements.” This standard permits an entity to defer and present debt 
issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements as an asset and to subsequently amortize the deferred debt issuance costs 
ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. These new standards do not affect the recognition and measurement 
of debt issuance costs. As permitted, the Company has elected to early-adopt these standards in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2015.  This  guidance  is  effective  on  a  retrospective  basis,  as  a  change  in  accounting  principle.  The  impact  of  the  early 
adoption on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2014 was a decrease to other assets and a decrease to long-
term debt of $0.8 million. 

In  September  2015,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2015-16,  "Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Measurement  Period 
Adjustments." This update eliminates the need to retrospectively adjust prior period information in the financial statements 
for acquisition adjustments to goodwill during the measurement period. The impact of ASU 2015-16 will be dependent on 
any future measurement period adjustments for acquisitions. 

In  February  2013,  an  accounting  standards  update  was  issued  that  amends  the  reporting  of  amounts  reclassified  out  of 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  This  standard  does  not  change  the  current  requirements  for  reporting  net 
income or other comprehensive income (loss) in the financial statements. However, the guidance requires an entity to provide 
information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component, either on 
the face of the financial statement where net income is presented or in the notes to the financial statements. The company 
adopted this standard in fiscal 2014, and the disclosures of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss are 
included in Note 5. 

Other  accounting  standards  that  have  been  issued  or  proposed  by  the  FASB  or  other  standards-setting  bodies  that  do  not 
require  adoption  until  a  future  date  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements upon adoption. 

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS 

Welch Allyn 

On September 8, 2015, we completed the acquisition of Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Welch 
Allyn”) for a consideration of $1,687.3 million in cash ($1,633.6 million, net of cash acquired) and 8,133,722 shares of Hill-
Rom  common  stock  for  a  total  combined  purchase  price  of  approximately  $2.1  billion.  Welch  Allyn  is  a  leading 
manufacturer of medical diagnostic equipment and offers a diversified portfolio of devices that assess, diagnose, treat, and 
manage a wide variety of illnesses and diseases. 

The cash portion of the consideration is preliminary and subject to adjustment for various true-up provisions as described in 
the terms of the merger agreement. The transaction was funded with new borrowings, including $1.8 billion in term loans and 
$425.0 million of senior notes issued in a private placement debt offering. Funds from this new financing were also used to 
retire pre-existing debt. Refer to Note 4 for additional information regarding our debt obligations. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition. These results 
are preliminary and subject to normal true-up provisions in the purchase agreement and other fair value adjustments. 

  Amount 

Trade receivables .....................................................................................  $
Inventory ..................................................................................................   
Other current assets ..................................................................................   
Current deferred income taxes .................................................................   
Property, plant, and equipment ................................................................   
Goodwill ..................................................................................................   
Trade name (indefinite life) .....................................................................   
Customer relationships (12-year useful life) ............................................   
Developed technology (7-year weighted average useful life) ..................   
Other intangibles ......................................................................................   
Other noncurrent assets ............................................................................   
Current liabilities .....................................................................................   
Noncurrent deferred income taxes ...........................................................   
Other noncurrent liabilities ......................................................................   
  Total purchase price, net of cash acquired .............................................  $

Fair value of common stock issued ..........................................................  $
Cash payment, net of cash acquired .........................................................   
  Total consideration ................................................................................  $

63.2 
110.5 
52.7 
27.3 
93.2 
1,203.5 
434.0 
516.8 
54.0 
19.9 
30.6 
(161.5)
(368.7)
(25.6)
2,049.9 

416.3 
1,633.6 
2,049.9 

Goodwill from the Welch Allyn acquisition, which is not deductible for tax purposes, is primarily due to enhanced customer 
relevance  and  a  stronger  competitive  position  resulting  from  the  business  combination,  including  a  complementary 
commercial  position,  product  portfolio,  and  enhanced  synergies.  As  stated  in  Note  11,  Welch  Allyn  is  reported  as  a 
reconciling  item  in  our  segment  disclosures  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015.  Accordingly,  the  goodwill  from  the 
Welch Allyn acquisition has not yet been allocated to a reportable segment. 

Our total revenue on an unaudited pro forma basis, as if the Welch Allyn acquisition had been consummated at the beginning 
of  our  2014  fiscal  year,  would  have  been  higher  by  approximately  $638  million  and  $677  million  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. On the same unaudited pro forma basis, our net income would have been lower 
by approximately $59 million and $61 million for the years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The pro forma 
net  income  in  each  year  has  been  adversely  impacted  by  significant  costs  related  to  the  transaction  including  deal  costs, 
financing costs, restructuring costs incurred in relation to our synergy initiatives, costs associated with triggering the change-
in-control  provisions  of  certain  equity-based  compensation  programs  at  Welch  Allyn,  and  purchase  price  accounting, 
including the nonrecurring effects of the inventory step-up. These results are not indicative of expected future performance. 

The unaudited pro forma results are based on the Company’s historical financial statements and those of the Welch Allyn 
business and do not necessarily indicate the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisition been completed 
at the beginning of the comparable period presented and are not indicative of the results of operations in future periods. 

Trumpf Medical 

On  August  1,  2014,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Trumpf  Medical  (“Trumpf”)  and  funded  the  transaction  with  a 
combination of cash on hand and borrowings. Trumpf Medical provides a portfolio of well-established operating room (OR) 
infrastructure products such as surgical tables, surgical lighting, and supply units and expands our product offerings in the 
surgical suite.  

The  purchase  price  was  $232.9  million  ($226.6  million  net  of  cash  acquired).  The  results  of  Trumpf  are  included  in  the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  Our  reported  revenue  included  $39.0  million  for  the  year 
ended September 30, 2014 related to Trumpf products and the impact to net income was not significant. 

57 

 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The following summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition. These results 
are now considered final. 

  Amount 

Trade receivables .....................................................................................  $
Inventory ..................................................................................................   
Other current assets ..................................................................................   
Property, plant, and equipment ................................................................   
Goodwill ..................................................................................................   
Trade name (5-year useful life)................................................................   
Customer relationships (10-year weighted average useful life) ...............   
Developed technology (8-year weighted average useful life) ..................   
Other intangibles ......................................................................................   
Other noncurrent assets ............................................................................   
Deferred tax asset ....................................................................................   
Current liabilities .....................................................................................   
Long term debt .........................................................................................   
Noncurrent liabilities ...............................................................................   
  Total purchase price ...............................................................................  $

67.6 
63.6 
23.4 
42.1 
66.0 
6.7 
15.8 
17.8 
4.8 
0.7 
12.9 
(74.4)
(6.0)
(8.1)
232.9 

Goodwill was allocated entirely to our Surgical and Respiratory Care segment. The goodwill related to the acquired German 
operations will be tax deductible while the remaining goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes. 

Our total revenue on an unaudited pro forma basis, as if the Trumpf acquisition had been consummated at the beginning of 
our  2013  fiscal  year,  would  have  been  higher  by  approximately  $218  million  and  $235  million  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2014 and 2013. The impact to net income on an unaudited pro forma basis would not have been significant to 
our  financial  results  for  those  years.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  results  are  based  on  the  Company’s  historical  financial 
statements and those of the Trumpf business and do not necessarily indicate the results of operations that would have resulted 
had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of the comparable period presented and are not indicative of the results 
of operations in future periods. 

Virtus, Inc. 

On March 31, 2014 we completed a stock purchase agreement with the stockholders of Virtus, Inc. (“Virtus”) to acquire the 
entire  equity  interest  in  Virtus:  a  supplier  of  finished  surfaces  and  components  for  our  bed  and  stretcher  products.  The 
acquisition of Virtus insources a component of our supply chain. 

The  purchase  price  was  $17.6  million  ($13.0  million  net  of  cash  acquired).  We  funded  the  transaction  primarily  with 
borrowings. The results of Virtus are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of acquisition. 

The following summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition. During the 
third quarter of fiscal 2014, the remaining provisions of the stock purchase agreement were settled and the purchase price is 
now final. 

Inventory ..................................................................................  $
Other current assets ..................................................................   
Property, plant, and equipment ................................................   
Goodwill ..................................................................................   
Current liabilities .....................................................................   
Deferred tax liability ................................................................  
   Total purchase price ..............................................................  $

Amount   
2.6 
5.4 
1.9 
9.4 
(1.6)
(0.1)
17.6 

Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes and was allocated to both our North America and International segments. 

58 

 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
The  impact  to  our  total  revenue  and  net  income  on  an  unaudited  proforma  basis,  as  if  the  Virtus  acquisition  had  been 
consummated at the beginning of our 2013 fiscal year, would not have been significant for the fiscal years ended September 
30, 2014 and 2013.   

Other 

We have used  cash on  hand for other  business  acquisitions  and  equity  investments  which  we do not consider  individually 
material  to  the  Company’s  financial  position  or  results  of  operations. These  included  one  equity  investment  in  which  the 
investee  was  determined  to  be  a  VIE  and  Hill-Rom  was  determined  to  have  a  controlling  financial  interest,  resulting  in 
consolidation of the investee. The portion of this investee’s assets, liabilities, and operating results which are not attributable 
to  Hill-Rom’s  equity  investment  are  recognized  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  as  attributable  to  noncontrolling 
interests. 

NOTE 3. GOODWILL AND INDEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The following summarizes goodwill activity by reportable segment: 

 North America 

Respiratory Care  International    Welch Allyn  Total 

Surgical and  

Balances at September 30, 2013: 

Goodwill ............................................    $
Accumulated impairment losses ........     
Goodwill, net at September 30, 2013 ...............     

Changes in Goodwill during the period: 

383.0  $
(358.1)  
24.9    

279.0  $
-   
279.0   

153.6   $ 
(114.7)    
38.9     

Goodwill related to acquisitions ........     
Currency translation effect ................     

7.6    
-    

57.3   
(2.8) 

(2.8)    
(2.3)    

Balances at September 30, 2014: 

Goodwill ............................................     
Accumulated impairment losses ........     
Goodwill, net at September 30, 2014 ...............     

390.6    
(358.1)  
32.5    

Changes in Goodwill during the period: 

Goodwill related to acquisitions ........     
Currency translation effect ................     

-    
-    

333.5   
-   
333.5   

22.1   
(11.8) 

148.5     
(114.7)    
33.8     

-  $
-   
-   

815.6 
(472.8)
342.8 

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

62.1 
(5.1)

872.6 
(472.8)
399.8 

-     
(3.1)    

1,203.5   
-   

1,225.6 
(14.9)

Balances at September 30, 2015: 

Goodwill ............................................     
Accumulated impairment losses ........     
Goodwill, net at September 30, 2015 ............    $

390.6    
(358.1)  
32.5  $

343.8   
-   
343.8  $

145.4     
(114.7)    
30.7   $ 

1,203.5   
-   

2,083.3 
(472.8)
1,203.5  $ 1,610.5 

We  acquired Welch Allyn  on  September  8,  2015  and  Trumpf  on  August  1, 2014. All  goodwill  associated  with  the Welch 
Allyn acquisition is presented as a reconciling item in the table above, as it has not yet been assigned to a reportable segment. 
All  goodwill  related  to  the  Trumpf  acquisition  was  assigned  to  the  Surgical  and  Respiratory  Care  segment.  During  fiscal 
2015, we recorded adjustments to goodwill related to the Trumpf acquisition completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2014.  We  also  consolidated  an  investment  made  in  fiscal  2015  that  was  determined  to  be  a  VIE  in  which  we  have  a 
controlling financial interest. The consolidation resulted in $12.1 million of goodwill being recorded within our Surgical and 
Respiratory Care segment. We acquired Virtus on March 31, 2014 and recorded goodwill of $9.4 million. This goodwill was 
allocated  between  our  North  America  and  International  segments  based  on  the  expected  benefits  resulting  from  the 
acquisition. Refer to Note 2 for additional information regarding these acquisitions. 

As discussed in Note 11, we operate in three reportable business segments. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the 
reporting unit level, which is one level below a reportable business segment. We have determined that we have ten reporting 
units, with the Welch Allyn reporting units yet to be defined. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill 
is  initially  recorded  and  has  been  reallocated  as  necessary  based  on  the  restructuring  of  reporting  units  over  time.  Once 
goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the 
activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
    
    
     
  
 
   
    
    
     
  
 
  
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
  
    
   
     
   
 
  
    
   
     
   
 
 
 
Testing  for  impairment  must  be  performed  annually,  or  on  an  interim  basis  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  triggering  event  or 
change in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. 
The  annual  evaluation  of  goodwill  performed  during  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2015  and  2014  did  not  result  in  any 
impairments. 

A 10 percent reduction in the fair value of any of our reporting units would not result in an impairment charge. 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets 

We  have  various  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  representing  trade  names  with  a  carrying  value  of  $466.9  million  at 
September 30, 2015 and $32.9 million at September 30, 2014. Testing for impairment must be performed annually, or on an 
interim basis upon the occurrence of a triggering event or change in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the 
fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  below  its  carrying  amount.  The  annual  evaluation  of  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets performed during the third quarter of fiscal 2015 and 2014 did not result in impairment. 

NOTE 4. FINANCING AGREEMENTS 

Total debt consists of the following: 

September 30 

2015 

2014 

Revolving credit facilities .............................................................................................................    $ 
Current portion of long-term debt .................................................................................................      
Senior secured Term Loan A, long-term portion ..........................................................................      
Senior secured Term Loan B, long-term portion ..........................................................................      
Senior unsecured 5.75% notes due on September 1, 2023 ...........................................................      
Term loan under August 2012 credit facility, long-term portion ..................................................      
Unsecured 7.00% debentures due on February 15, 2024 ..............................................................      
Unsecured 6.75% debentures due on December 15, 2027 ............................................................      
Other .............................................................................................................................................      
Total debt ......................................................................................................................................      
Less current portion of debt ..........................................................................................................      
Total long-term debt .....................................................................................................................    $ 

-    $
58.0     
931.7     
778.3     
418.2     
-     
13.8     
29.6     
3.6     
2,233.2     
58.0     
2,175.2    $

265.0 
16.2 
- 
- 
- 
159.6 
19.2 
29.6 
1.4 
491.0 
126.9 
364.1 

The following table summarizes the scheduled maturities of long-term debt for fiscal years 2016 through 2020: 

  Term Loan A  Term Loan B  

Total 

2016 .......................................................    $ 
2017 .......................................................    $ 
2018 .......................................................    $ 
2019 .......................................................    $ 
2020 .......................................................    $ 

50.0  $
75.0  $
100.0  $
100.0  $
675.0  $

8.0  $
8.0  $
8.0  $
8.0  $
8.0  $

58.0 
83.0 
108.0 
108.0 
683.0 

In September 2015, the Company entered into four new credit facilities for purposes of financing the Welch Allyn acquisition 
as well as refinancing our previously outstanding revolving credit facility. These new facilities consisted of the following: 

  $1.0 billion senior secured Term Loan A facility (“TLA Facility”), maturing in September 2020 
  $800.0 million senior secured Term Loan B facility (“TLB Facility”), maturing in September 2022 
  Senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (“Revolving  Credit  Facility”),  providing  borrowing  capacity  of  up  to 

$500.0 million, maturing in September 2020 

  $425.0 million of senior unsecured notes (“Senior Notes”), maturing in September 2023 

The TLA Facility, TLB Facility, and Revolving Credit Facility (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) all bear 
interest  at  variable  rates  which  are  currently  less  than  4.0  percent.  These  interest  rates  are  based  primarily  on  the  London 
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), but under certain conditions could also be based on the U.S. Federal Funds Rate or the U.S. 
Prime  Rate,  at  the  Company’s  option.  The  TLA  Facility  and  TLB  Facility  have  required  principal  payments.  The  TLA 
Facility  requires  minimum  principal  payments  of  $50.0  million  in  fiscal  2016,  $75.0  million  in  fiscal  2017,  and 
$100.0 million annually thereafter, with the remaining unpaid principal balance due at maturity. The TLB Facility requires 
annual principal payments of $8.0 million with the remaining unpaid principal balance due at maturity. We will be able to 
voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the TLA Facility and the TLB Facility at any time. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
At  September  30, 2015,  there  were  no borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  but  available borrowing  capacity  was 
$490.9 million after giving effect to $9.1 million of outstanding standby letters of credit. At September 30, 2014, there were 
$42.4 million of outstanding standby letters of credit under our previous revolving credit agreements, $39.8 million of which 
pertained to one standby letter of credit issued in connection with the Trumpf acquisition, which expired in January 2015. 
The availability of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility is subject to our ability at the time of borrowing to meet 
certain specified conditions, including compliance with covenants contained in the governing credit agreement. 

The  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  are  held  with  a  syndicate  of  banks,  which  includes  over  20  institutions.  The  general 
corporate  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  collateralize  these  obligations.  The  credit  agreement  governing  these 
facilities contains financial covenants which specify a maximum secured net leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage 
ratio,  as  such  terms  are  defined  in  the  credit  agreement.  These  financial  covenants  are  measured  at  the  end  of  each  fiscal 
quarter,  with  the  first  measurement  date  on  December  31,  2015.  The  required  ratios  vary  through  December  31,  2019 
providing a gradually decreasing maximum secured net leverage ratio and a gradually increasing minimum interest coverage 
ratio, as set forth in the table below: 

Fiscal Quarter Ended 
December 31, 2015 .......................................  
December 31, 2016 .......................................  
December 31, 2017 .......................................  
December 31, 2018 .......................................  
December 31, 2019 and thereafter ................  

Maximum 
Secured Net 
Leverage Ratio 
4.75x 
4.50x 
4.00x 
3.50x 
3.00x 

Minimum 
Interest Coverage
Ratio 
3.25x 
3.25x 
3.50x 
3.75x 
4.00x 

The Senior Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.75 percent annually. These notes were issued at par in a private placement 
offering and are not registered securities on any public market. All of the Senior Notes are outstanding as of September 30, 
2015. We are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, other than 
in certain circumstances such as a change in control or material sale of assets. We may redeem the notes prior to maturity, but 
doing so prior to September 1, 2021 would require payment of a premium on any amounts redeemed, the amount of which 
varies based on  the  timing  of  the redemption.  The  indenture governing the  Senior  Notes  contains  certain  covenants  which 
impose limitations on the amount of dividends we may pay and the amount of common shares we may repurchase in the open 
market, but we do not expect these covenants to affect our current dividend policy or open share repurchase program. The 
terms of this indenture also impose certain restrictions on the amount and type of additional indebtedness we may obtain in 
the future, as well as the types of liens and guarantees we may provide. 

We are in compliance with all applicable financial covenants as of September 30, 2015. 

In  conjunction  with  the  issuance  of  the  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  and  the  Senior  Notes,  the  Company  incurred 
$48.7 million  of  debt  issuance  costs.  As  stated  in  Note  1,  the  Company  has  elected  to  early-adopt  ASU  2015-03, 
“Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” Following this guidance, as of September 30, 2015, unamortized debt 
issuance  costs  of  $39.1  million  have  been  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  related  debt,  in  addition  to 
$9.4 million attributable to the Revolving Credit Facility, which are recorded as a component of other long-term assets on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. These costs will amortize into interest expense over the terms of the related credit facilities. 

Unsecured  debentures  outstanding  at  September  30,  2015  and  September  30,  2014  have  fixed  rates  of  interest.  We  have 
deferred  gains  included  in  the  amounts  above  from  the  termination  of  previous  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  and  those 
deferred gains amounted to less than $1.0 million at both September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014. The deferred gains on 
the termination of the swaps are being amortized and recognized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining term of 
the related debt, and as a result, the effective interest rates on that debt have been and will continue to be lower than the stated 
interest rates on the debt. 

From August 2012 through April 2015, we had a credit facility that provided for revolving loans of up to $500.0 million, plus 
a  term  loan  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $200.0  million.  In  May  2015,  we  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Credit 
Agreement which provided for revolving loans of up to $900.0 million and a term loan of $165.0 million, which replaced the 
remaining unpaid principal balance of the term loan from the August 2012 credit facility. A portion of the proceeds from the 
issuance  of  the  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facility  and  the  Senior  Notes  in  September  2015  were  used  to  fully  repay  these 
previously outstanding credit facilities, which are now terminated. The termination of these facilities resulted in a charge of 
$2.6 million due to acceleration of debt issuance costs which were unamortized as of September 2015. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company sometimes manages its exposure to interest 
rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (cash flow hedges). As of September 30, 2014, we had one interest rate 
swap agreement to hedge the variability of cash flows associated with a portion of the variable interest rate payments on then-
outstanding term loans. The interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge and was an asset with a fair value of less 
than $1.0 million as of September 30, 2014. We classify fair value measurements on our interest rate swaps as Level 2, as 
described in Note 1. Effective with the issuance of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the interest rate swap was terminated 
at an immaterial loss. 

The fair value of our debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates 
offered to us for debt of the same remaining maturities. The book values of our short-term debt instruments approximate fair 
value. The estimated fair values of our long-term debt instruments are described in the table below: 

Senior secured Term Loan A ..............................................................................   $
Senior secured Term Loan B ..............................................................................    
Senior unsecured 5.75% notes due on September 1, 2023 .................................    
Term loan under August 2012 credit facility ......................................................    
Unsecured debentures .........................................................................................    
Total debt ............................................................................................................   $

990.7    $
780.7      
428.4      
-      
43.4      
2,243.2    $

- 
- 
- 
175.2 
55.5 
230.7 

September 30 

2015 

2014 

The estimated fair values of our long-term unsecured debentures were based on observable inputs such as quoted prices in 
markets that are not active. The estimated fair values of our term loans and the Senior Notes were based on quoted prices for 
similar liabilities. These fair value measurements were classified as Level 2, as described in Note 1. 

NOTE 5. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

The  following  tables  represent  the  changes  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  by  component  for  the  year  to  date 
periods ended September 30, 2015 and 2014: 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

  Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Prior to  
reclassification   

Reclassification
from 

Pre-tax  Tax effect Net of tax 

balance       Net activity   

Beginning 

Ending 
balance   

Year Ended September 30, 2015 

Available-for-sale securities 
    and currency hedges .....................   $ 
Foreign currency translation 
     adjustment ...................................     
Change in pension and postretirement
     defined benefit plans ....................     
Total .................................................   $ 

(0.6)  $

(58.6)    

(28.7)    
(87.9)  $

0.6 $

-  $

- $

-  $

-     $ 

-    $

- 

-  

(58.6)  

-  

(58.6) 

(34.2)      

(58.6)    

(92.8)

15.5  
(13.2)  
16.1 $ (71.8) $

5.1  
5.1 $

(8.1) 
(66.7)$

(39.9)      
(74.1)    $ 

(8.1)    
(66.7)   $

(48.0)
(140.8)

Year Ended September 30, 2014 

Prior to  
reclassification     

Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Reclassification 
from 

   Pre-tax    Tax effect  Net of tax 

  Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Beginning 

balance      Net activity   

Ending  
balance   

Available-for-sale securities 
    and currency hedges .....................    $ 
Foreign currency translation 
     adjustment ...................................      
Change in pension and postretirement
     defined benefit plans ....................      
Total .................................................    $ 

0.3    $

0.1  $

0.4  $

(0.1) $

0.3  $

(0.3)   $ 

0.3    $

- 

(29.6)    

(16.8)    
(46.1)  $

-   

(29.6)  

-   

(29.6)  

(4.6)     

(29.6)    

(34.2)

2.7   
2.8  $

(14.1)  
(43.3) $

5.0   
4.9  $

(9.1)  
(38.4) $

(30.8)     
(35.7)   $ 

(9.1)    
(38.4)   $

(39.9)
(74.1)

62 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
The following table represents the items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects 
during fiscal 2015 and 2014: 

Years Ended September 30 

2015 

Amount 

2014 

Amount  

reclassified     Tax effect     Net of tax    

reclassified      Tax effect      Net of tax   

Change in pension and 

postretirement defined benefit 
plans (1) ..................................     $ 

Available-for-sale securities  

15.5    $

(5.6)   $

9.9    $

2.7    $ 

(1.0)   $

and currency hedges (2)..........     $ 

0.6    $

(0.2)   $

0.4    $

0.1    $ 

-    $

1.7 

0.1 

(1) Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into cost of goods sold and selling and administrative expenses.
     These components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit expense. 
(2) Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into other income (expense), net. 

NOTE 6. RETIREMENT AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS 

Our retirement plans consist of defined benefit plans, postretirement healthcare plans, and defined contribution savings plans. 
Plans cover certain employees both in and outside of the U.S. 

Retirement Plans 

We  sponsor  five  defined  benefit  plans.  Those  plans  include  a  master  defined  benefit  retirement  plan,  a  nonqualified 
supplemental  executive  defined  benefit  retirement  plan,  and  three  defined  benefit  retirement  plans  covering  employees  in 
Germany  and  France.  Benefits  for  such  plans  are  based  primarily  on  years  of  service  and  the  employee’s  level  of 
compensation  during  specific  periods  of  employment.  We  contribute  funds  to  trusts  as  necessary  to  provide  for  current 
service and for any unfunded projected future benefit obligation over a reasonable period of time. All of our plans have a 
September 30 measurement date. 

Effect on Operations 

The components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined benefit retirement plans were as follows: 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Service cost ..............................................................................   $
Interest cost ..............................................................................    
Expected return on plan assets .................................................    
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost, net ..............    
Amortization of net loss ...........................................................    
Net periodic benefit cost ..........................................................    
Settlement charge .....................................................................    
Special termination benefits .....................................................    
Net pension expense ................................................................   $

5.4    $
14.6     
(16.7)    
0.6     
5.2     
9.1     
9.6     
-     
18.7    $

5.0    $ 
14.4      
(16.7)     
0.6      
3.2      
6.5      
-      
2.4      
8.9    $ 

6.1 
13.2 
(15.9)
0.6 
7.8 
11.8 
- 
- 
11.8 

In April, 2015, we offered all terminated vested participants of our domestic master defined benefit retirement plan an option 
to  receive  a  lump  sum  cash  payout  in  lieu  of  their  right  to  future  periodic  benefit  payments  under  the  plan  upon  their 
retirement. Lump sums of $42.3 million were paid to participants in September 2015, triggering a plan settlement charge of 
$9.6 million, which is recorded as a component of Special charges on the Statements of Consolidated Income. 

During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  we  initiated  a  domestic  early  retirement  program,  which  offered  certain  special 
termination  benefits  relating  to  our  pension  and  postretirement  health  care  plans.  This  program  and  the  related  special 
termination benefits resulted in a non-cash charge of $3.2 million, of which $2.4 million related to our master defined benefit 
retirement plan and $0.8 million for our postretirement health care plan. The $0.8 million postretirement healthcare charge 
also  reflects  a  $1.3  million  reversal  recorded  as  certain  participants  elected  alternative  coverage  separate  from  the 

63 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
    
      
      
 
 
 
postretirement health care plan. The employee elections were not known until the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014. The 
reversal  was  recorded  to  the  special  charges  caption  and  is  offset  by  charges  recorded  to  reflect  our  incremental  cost 
associated with the alternative coverage. Refer to Note 8 for more details. 

Obligations and Funded Status 

The change in benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status, along with amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets for our defined benefit retirement plans were as follows: 

  Years Ended September 30   

2015 

2014 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year ...........................................................   $
Service cost .....................................................................................................    
Interest cost .....................................................................................................    
Actuarial loss ...................................................................................................    
Benefits paid ...................................................................................................    
Acquisitions ....................................................................................................    
Special termination benefits ............................................................................    
Plan settlement ................................................................................................    
Exchange rate gain ..........................................................................................    
Benefit obligation at end of year .....................................................................    

Change in plan assets: 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year .................................................    
Actual return on plan assets ............................................................................    
Employer contributions ...................................................................................    
Benefits paid ...................................................................................................    
Fair value of plan assets at end of year ...........................................................    
Funded status and net amounts recognized .........................................................   $

Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 

Accrued pension benefits, current portion ......................................................   $
Accrued pension benefits, long-term ............................................................... 
Net amount recognized ...................................................................................   $

343.8    $
5.4      
14.6      
12.5      
(54.0)     
-      
-      
(4.4)     
(2.4)     
315.5      

276.1      
(3.9)     
0.9      
(54.0)     
219.1      
(96.4)   $

(1.0)   $
(95.4)    
(96.4)   $

297.9 
5.0 
14.4 
31.4 
(10.2)
4.3 
2.4 
- 
(1.4)
343.8 

254.4 
30.9 
1.0 
(10.2)
276.1 
(67.7)

(1.0)
(66.7)
(67.7)

In  addition  to  the  amounts  above,  net  actuarial  losses  of  $79.3 million  and  prior  service  costs  of  $1.0 million,  less  an 
applicable  aggregate  tax  effect  of  $30.0  million  are  included  as  components  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  at 
September 30,  2015.  In  addition  to  the  amounts  above,  net  actuarial  losses  of  $65.0 million  and  prior  service  costs  of 
$1.7 million,  less  an  applicable  aggregate  tax  effect  of  $24.8  million  are  included  as  components  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss at September 30, 2014 

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost for our defined benefit retirement plans that will be amortized from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  $4.5 million  and 
$0.3 million, respectively. 

64 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
    
      
 
    
      
 
  
   
      
 
   
      
 
  
   
      
 
   
      
 
 
 
  
Accumulated Benefit Obligation 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  was  $296.7  million  and  $325.9  million  at 
September 30,  2015  and  2014.  Selected  information  for  our  plans,  including  plans  with  accumulated  benefit  obligations 
exceeding plan assets, was as follows: 

PBO 

2015 
ABO 

    Plan Assets   

PBO 

2014 
ABO 

    Plan Assets  

September 30 

Master plan ...................................    $ 
International plans ........................      
Supplemental executive plan ........      
Total ..............................................    $ 

292.5    $
17.9     
5.1     
315.5    $

275.3    $
16.3     
5.1     
296.7    $

218.9    $
0.2     
-     
219.1    $

319.1    $ 
20.3      
4.4      
343.8    $ 

303.2    $
18.5     
4.2     
325.9    $

275.8 
0.3 
- 
276.1 

Actuarial Assumptions 

The weighted average assumptions used in accounting for our domestic pension plans were as follows: 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit 

obligations at the measurement date: 

Discount rate for obligation .......................................................  
Rate of compensation increase ..................................................  

4.4% 
3.0% 

Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit 

cost for the year: 

Discount rate for expense ..........................................................  
Expected rate of return on plan assets ........................................  
Rate of compensation increase ..................................................  

4.5% 
6.8% 
3.0% 

4.5% 
3.0% 

5.0% 
7.0% 
3.3% 

5.0% 
3.3% 

4.1% 
7.0% 
3.3% 

The discount rates used in the valuation of our defined benefit pension plans are evaluated annually based on current market 
conditions. In setting these rates we utilize long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate 
movements,  and  then  make  adjustments  to  the  respective  indices  to  reflect  differences  in  the  terms  of  the  bonds  covered 
under the indices in comparison to the projected outflow of our pension obligations. The overall expected long-term rate of 
return is based on historical and expected future returns, which are inflation adjusted and weighted for the expected return for 
each component of the investment portfolio, as well as taking into consideration economic and capital market conditions. The 
rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of past wage adjustments. The weighted 
average discount rate assumptions used for our international plans are lower than our domestic plan assumptions and do not 
significantly affect the consolidated net benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost balances. 

Plan Assets 

The  weighted  average  asset  allocations  of  our  master  defined  benefit  retirement  plan  at  September  30,  2015  and  2014,  by 
asset category, along with target allocations, are as follows: 

2015 
Target 
Allocation 

2014 
Target 
Allocation 

2015 
Actual 
Allocation 

2014 
Actual 
Allocation 

Equity securities.......................................................... 
Fixed income securities .............................................. 
Total ...................................................................................................................................... 

39 - 49% 
51 - 61% 

40 - 60% 
40 - 60% 

42% 
58% 
100% 

52% 
48% 
100% 

65 

 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
    
  
    
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We have a Plan Committee that sets investment guidelines with the assistance of an external consultant. These guidelines are 
established  based  on  market  conditions,  risk  tolerance,  funding  requirements  and  expected  benefit  payments.  The  Plan 
Committee also oversees the investment allocation process and monitors asset performance. As pension liabilities are long-
term  in  nature,  we  employ  a long-term  total  return  approach  to  maximize  the  long-term  rate  of  return on  plan  assets  for  a 
prudent  level  of  risk.  Target  allocations  are  guidelines,  not  limitations,  and  plan  fiduciaries  may  occasionally  approve 
allocations above or below a target range or elect to rebalance the portfolio within the targeted range. 

The investment portfolio contains a diversified portfolio of primarily equities and fixed income securities. Securities are also 
diversified in terms of domestic and international securities, short- and long-term securities, growth and value styles, large 
cap and small cap stocks. The primary investment strategy is a dynamic target allocation method that periodically rebalances 
among various investment categories depending on the current funded positions. This program is designed to actively move 
from return-seeking investments (such as equities) toward liability-hedging investments (such as long-duration fixed income) 
as funding levels improve. 

Trust assets are invested subject to the following policy restrictions: short-term securities must be rated A2/P2 or higher; all 
fixed-income securities shall have a credit quality rating “BBB” or higher; investments in equities in any one company may 
not exceed 10 percent of the equity portfolio. 

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets 

The following table summarizes the valuation of our pension plan assets by pricing categories: 

    Quoted Prices in    
    Active Markets     
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Balance at 
   September 30, 2015    

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 

     Unobservable 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Cash ................................................   $ 
Equities 

U.S. companies ...........................     
International companies ..............     
Fixed income securities ..................     
Total plan assets at fair value ......   $ 

3.5    $

47.1     
44.8     
123.7     
219.1    $

3.5    $

-     
-     
-     
3.5    $

-    $ 

47.1      
44.8      
123.7      
215.6    $ 

    Quoted Prices in     
    Active Markets 

Balance at 
   September 30, 2014    

for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 

     Unobservable 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Cash ...............................................    $ 
Equities 

U.S. companies ..........................      
International companies .............      
Fixed income securities .................      
Other ..............................................      
Total plan assets at fair value .........    $ 

2.1    $ 

2.1    $ 

101.7      
38.7      
133.2      
0.4      
276.1    $ 

101.7      
38.7      
66.8      
0.4      
209.7    $ 

-    $ 

-      
-      
66.4      
-      
66.4    $ 

-

-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-
-

The Level 2 investments are commingled funds and/or collective trusts valued using the net asset value (“NAV”) unit price 
provided by the fund administrator. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund. For further 
descriptions of the asset Levels used in the above chart, refer to Note 1. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
      
  
    
    
  
    
   
   
  
  
   
   
    
  
   
    
    
     
     
      
 
  
    
      
  
    
   
    
  
    
   
   
  
  
   
   
    
  
   
    
    
      
      
      
 
Cash Flows 

Our U.S. qualified defined benefit plan is funded in excess of 80 percent, as measured under the requirements of the Pension 
Protection Act of 2006, and therefore we expect that the plan will not be subject to the “at risk” funding requirements of this 
legislation. 

During 2015 and 2014, we contributed cash of $0.9 million and $1.0 million to our defined benefit retirement plans. We will 
not be required to contribute to our master defined benefit retirement plan in fiscal year 2016 due to the current funding level; 
however, minimal contributions will be required for our unfunded plans. 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments 

The benefit payments, which are expected to be funded through plan assets and company contributions and reflect expected 
future service, are expected to be paid as follows: 

2016 ..............................................................   $ 
2017 ..............................................................   $ 
2018 ..............................................................   $ 
2019 ..............................................................   $ 
2020 ..............................................................   $ 
2021-2025 .....................................................   $ 

 Pension Benefits
12.3
12.8
13.3
14.0
14.8
86.5

Defined Contribution Savings Plans 

We have defined contribution savings plans that cover substantially all U.S. employees and certain non-U.S. employees. The 
general purpose of these plans is to provide additional financial security during retirement by providing employees with an 
incentive to make regular savings. Company contributions to the plans are based on eligibility and employee contributions. 
Expense under these plans was $17.4 million, $15.0 million and $15.8 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Postretirement Health Care Plans 

In addition to defined benefit retirement plans, we also offer two domestic postretirement health care plans, one of which was 
assumed in the acquisition of Welch Allyn, that provide health care benefits to qualified retirees and their dependents. The 
plans  are  closed  to  new  participants  and  include  retiree  cost  sharing  provisions  and  generally  extends  retiree  coverage  for 
medical  and  prescription  benefits  beyond  the  COBRA  continuation  period  to  the  date  of  Medicare  eligibility.  We  use  a 
measurement date of September 30 for these plans. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  postretirement  health  care  plans,  including  the  Welch  Allyn  plan  on  a  post-acquisition  basis,  reflected  a  credit  during 
fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 of ($0.2) million, ($0.2) million and ($0.1) million. The change in the accumulated postretirement 
benefit obligation was as follows: 

Years Ended September 30   

2015 

2014 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year ............................................  $
Service cost ......................................................................................   
Interest cost ......................................................................................   
Acquired obligation ..........................................................................   
Actuarial gain ...................................................................................   
Benefits paid ....................................................................................   
Retiree contributions ........................................................................   
Special termination benefits .............................................................   
Benefit obligation at end of year ..........................................................  $

Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 

Accrued benefits obligation, current portion ....................................  $
Accrued benefits obligation, long-term ............................................   
Net amount recognized ........................................................................  $

11.2    $
0.4     
0.4     
14.1     
(0.9)   
(0.2)   
0.1     
-     
25.1    $

1.8    $
23.3     
25.1    $

9.8  
0.4  
0.4  
-  
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
0.2  
0.8  
11.2  

1.1  
10.1  
11.2  

We contributed less than $0.2 million to the plans in fiscal 2015, including the post-acquisition period for the Welch Allyn 
plan, compared with $0.1 million contributed in fiscal 2014. 

In  addition  to  the  amounts  above,  net  actuarial  gains  of  $2.4  million  and  prior  service  credits  of  $1.4  million,  less  an 
applicable  aggregate  tax  effect  of  $1.5  million  are  included  as  components  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  at 
September  30,  2015.  In  addition  to  the  amounts  above,  net  actuarial  gains  of  $1.7  million  and  prior  service  credits  of 
$2.3 million,  less  an  applicable  aggregate  tax  effect  of  ($1.6)  million  are  included  as  components  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss at September 30, 2014. 

The estimated net actuarial gain and prior service benefit for our postretirement health care plans that will be amortized from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  ($0.1) million  and 
($0.9) million. 

The discount rate used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the postretirement health care plans during the fiscal year 
ended  September  30,  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  3.7,  4.1  and  3.3  percent.  The  discount  rate  used  to  determine  the  benefit 
obligation as of September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 3.5, 3.7 and 4.1 percent. As of September 30, the health care-cost 
trend rates for the plans were generally assumed to be in the ranges of 5.25 to 7.0 percent, trending down to a rate between 
4 and 5 percent over the long-term. 

A one-percentage-point increase/decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rates as of September 30, 2015 would cause 
an  increase/decrease  in  service  and  interest  costs  of  less  than  $0.1  million,  along  with  an  increase/decrease  in  the  benefit 
obligation of $1.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. 

We  fund  the  postretirement  health  care  plans  as  benefits  are  paid,  and  current  plan  benefits  are  expected  to  require  net 
company contributions of approximately $1.8 million in fiscal 2016 and $2 million per year thereafter. 

NOTE 7. COMMON STOCK 

Share Repurchases 

We repurchased 1.2 million, 1.7 million and 2.8 million shares of our common stock during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 
for $54.8 million, $70.5 million and $92.7 million, respectively, in the open market. The common stock was acquired under a 
$190  million  share  repurchase  program  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in  September  2013,  which  does  not  have  an 
expiration date. There are no plans to terminate this program in the future, but repurchases will be suspended temporarily as 
we  allocate  free  cash  flow  to  debt  service  following  the  Welch  Allyn  acquisition.  Repurchases  may  be  made  on  the  open 
market or via private transactions, and are used for general business purposes. 

68 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
      
  
  
 
     
  
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Stock-Based Compensation 

We  have  stock-based  compensation  plans  under  which  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  options  to 
purchase  shares  of  Company  common  stock  at  the  fair  market  value  at  the  time  of  grant.  In  addition  to  stock  options,  we 
grant performance share units (“PSUs”) and RSUs to certain management level employees and vested deferred stock to non-
employee directors. We also offer eligible employees the opportunity to buy shares of our common stock at a discount via an 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). 

Our primary stock-based compensation program is the Stock Incentive Plan, which has been approved by our shareholders. 
Under the Stock Incentive Plan, we have a total of 15.3 million authorized shares. At September 30, 2015, 4.3 million shares 
were available for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans. We generally settle our stock-based awards with 
treasury shares. As of September 30, 2015, we had 23.3 million treasury shares available for use to settle stock-based awards. 

The following table sets forth a summary of the annual stock-based compensation cost that was charged against income for 
all types of awards: 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Total stock-based compensation cost (pre-tax) .....................................................   $
Total income tax benefit .......................................................................................     
Total stock-based compensation cost, net of tax ...................................................    $

25.0    $ 
(7.5)     
17.5    $ 

18.0    $
(6.5)    
11.5    $

13.5 
(4.9)
8.6 

Stock Options 

Stock options granted by our Compensation Committee under the Stock Incentive Plan are non-qualified stock options. These 
awards are generally granted with exercise prices equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common stock on the 
date of grant. They vest in equal annual installments over a three or four year period and the maximum contractual term is ten 
years.  We  use  a  Binomial  option-pricing  model  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  stock  options,  and  compensation  cost  is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  weighted  average  fair  value  per  share  of  stock  options  and  the  related  valuation 
assumptions used in the determination of those fair values: 

Weighted average fair value per share ..........................   $

Valuation assumptions: 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 
11.91 

2015 
12.83 

    $

    $

2013 
7.91 

Risk-free interest rate .....................................    
Expected dividend yield .................................    
Expected volatility ..........................................    
Weighted average expected life ......................     4.9 years        4.9 years        4.9 years    

1.6% 
1.4% 
35.0% 

1.3% 
1.4% 
36.1% 

0.6% 
1.9% 
40.2% 

The risk-free interest rate is based upon observed U.S. Treasury interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock 
options.  Expected  dividend  yield  is  based  on  the  history  and  our  expectation  of  dividend  payouts.  Expected  volatility  was 
based  on  our  historical  stock  price  volatility.  Expected  life  represents  the  weighted  average  period  the  stock  options  are 
expected to remain outstanding and is a derived output of the Binomial model. The expected life of employee stock options is 
impacted by the above assumptions as well as the post-vesting forfeiture rate and the exercise factor used in the Binomial 
model. These two variables are based on the history of exercises and forfeitures for previous stock options granted by us. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
  
    
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
 
     
     
  
  
  
 
The following table summarizes transactions under our stock option plans for fiscal year 2015: 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Number of     Average     Remaining  

   Weighted      

   Weighted    Average 

  Aggregate
Intrinsic 
   Exercise    Contractual  Value (1) 
  (in millions)
Term 

 (in thousands)   Price 

Shares 

Balance Outstanding at October 1, 2014 ...........................................    
Granted ...........................................................................................    
Exercised ........................................................................................    
Cancelled/Forfeited ........................................................................    
Balance Outstanding at September 30, 2015 .................................   
Exercisable at September 30, 2015 .................................................   
Options Expected to Vest ................................................................   

1,992  $
381   
(371)  
(101)  
1,901  $
1,060  $
773  $

31.99    
45.01    
31.83    
36.63    
34.38   6.6 years    $
30.98   5.3 years    $
38.34   8.0 years    $

33.5
22.3
10.6

(1) 

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price of $51.99, as 
reported by the New York Stock Exchange on September 30, 2015. This amount, which changes continuously based 
on  the  fair  value  of  our  common  stock,  would  have  been  received  by  the  option  holders  had  all  option  holders 
exercised their options as of the balance sheet date. 

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  fiscal  years  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  $6.3  million,  $4.6  million  and 
$1.6 million. 

As of September 30, 2015, there was $4.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options granted 
under the Plan. This unrecognized compensation expense does not reflect a reduction for our estimate of potential forfeitures, 
and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years. 

Restricted Stock Units 

RSUs are granted to certain employees with fair values equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common stock 
on the date of grant, multiplied by the number of units granted. RSU grants are contingent upon continued employment and 
vest over periods ranging from one to four years. Dividends, payable in common stock equivalents, accrue on the grants and 
are subject to the same specified terms as the original grants, including the risk of forfeiture. 

The following table summarizes transactions for our nonvested RSUs for fiscal year 2015: 

   Weighted   

Number of     Average 
Share Units     Grant Date  
(in thousands)   Fair Value  

Nonvested RSUs at October 1, 2014 ....................................................   
Granted ..............................................................................................   
Vested ...............................................................................................   
Forfeited ............................................................................................   
Nonvested RSUs at September 30, 2015............................................  

431  $
351   
(93)  
(55)  
634  $

34.92 
47.85 
37.76 
35.90 
41.35 

As of September 30, 2015, there was $13.4 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested RSUs 
granted  under  the  Stock  Incentive  Plan.  This  unrecognized  compensation  expense  does  not  reflect  a  reduction  for  our 
estimate of potential forfeitures, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years. The total vest 
date fair value of shares that vested during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $4.3 million, $5.3 million and $5.4 million. 

70 

 
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Performance Share Units 

Our Compensation Committee grants PSUs to certain employees and these awards are subject to any stock dividends, stock 
splits,  and  other  similar  rights  inuring  to  common  stock,  but  unlike  our  RSUs  are  not  entitled  to  dividend  reinvestment. 
Vesting of the grants is contingent upon achievement of performance targets and corresponding service requirements. 

The  fair  value  of  the  PSUs  is  equal  to  the  average  of  the  high  and  low  prices  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant, 
multiplied  by  the number of units granted. For  PSUs  with  a  market  condition such  as total  shareholder  return,  the Monte-
Carlo  simulation  method  is  used  to  determine  fair  value.  The  Monte-Carlo  simulation  is  a  generally  accepted  statistical 
technique used to generate a defined number of stock price paths in order to develop a reasonable estimate of the range of our 
and the Peer Group’s future expected stock prices. 

The following table sets forth the weighted average fair value per share for PSUs and the related valuation assumptions used 
in  the  determination  of  those  fair  values.  PSUs  granted  in  both  fiscal  2015  and  2014  are  based  on  company-specific 
performance targets, with a total shareholder return collar, while grants in fiscal 2013 are based entirely on shareholder return 
targets. 

Weighted average fair value per share .................... 

Valuation assumptions: ...........................................   
Risk-free interest rate .......................................... 
Expected dividend yield ...................................... 
Expected volatility .............................................. 

2015 
$47.82 

0.9% 
0.0% 
23.5% 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 
$47.91 

0.5% 
0.0% 
30.1% 

2013 
$19.77 

0.3% 
0.0% 
32.6% 

The basis for the assumptions listed above is similar to the valuation assumptions used for stock options, as discussed 
previously. 

The following table summarizes transactions for our nonvested PSUs for fiscal 2015: 

   Weighted   

Number of     Average 
Share Units     Grant Date  
(in thousands)   Fair Value  

Nonvested PSUs as of October 1, 2014 ................................................   
Granted ..............................................................................................   
Vested ...............................................................................................   
Cancelled ...........................................................................................   
Forfeited ............................................................................................   
Nonvested PSUs at September 30, 2015 ............................................  

586  $
331   
(414)  
(76)  
(73)  
354  $

29.98 
49.27 
30.11 
24.57 
41.15 
42.16 

As of September 30, 2015, there was $10.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to PSUs granted under the 
Stock  Incentive  Plan  based  on  the  expected  achievement  of  certain  performance  targets  or  market  conditions.  This 
unrecognized compensation expense does not reflect a reduction for our estimate of potential forfeitures, and is expected to 
be  recognized  by  the  end  of  fiscal  2017.  The  total  vest  date  fair  value  of  shares  that  vested  during  fiscal  2015  was 
$20.5 million. 

NOTE 8. SPECIAL CHARGES 

Over the past several years, we have placed a focus on improving our cost structure and business processes through various 
means  including  consolidation  of  certain  manufacturing  and  select  back  office  operations,  customer  rationalizations  and 
various  other  organizational  changes.  As  a  result  of  these  actions,  we  recognized  special  charges  of  $41.2  million, 
$37.1 million, and $5.7 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. These charges 
are summarized below. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Welch Allyn Integration 
In conjunction with the acquisition of Welch Allyn in September 2015, we eliminated approximately 80 positions, primarily 
in  Welch  Allyn’s  corporate  support  and  administrative  functions,  which  became  redundant  as  a  result  of  merging  into 
Hill-Rom.  We  recorded  $14.4  million  of  special  charges  in  conjunction  with  this  action  in  fiscal  2015  for  severance  and 
employee  benefits  provided  to  affected  employees.  Many  of  the  affected  employees  must  continue  service  for  a  specified 
period  of  time  after  completion  of  the  merger  in  order  to  receive  the  severance  benefits  offered.  As  a  result,  additional 
charges related to this action of approximately $3 million will be recorded in fiscal 2016 until those service obligations are 
fulfilled. 

Pension Settlement Charge 
As disclosed in Note 6, we offered lump sum settlements to all terminated vested participants in our domestic master defined 
benefit retirement plan, which resulted in a settlement charge of $9.6 million. This charge was recorded as a component of 
special charges in fiscal 2015. 

Site Consolidation 
In  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  we  initiated  a  plan  to  streamline  our  operations  and  simplify  our  supply  chain  by 
consolidating certain manufacturing and distribution operations. As part of this action, we announced the closure of sites in 
Redditch,  England  and  Charleston,  South  Carolina.  Upon  closure,  each  site’s  operations  will  either  be  relocated  to  other 
existing  Company  facilities  or  outsourced  to  third-party  suppliers.  For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  we  recorded 
severance and benefit charges of $2.7 million for approximately 160 employees to be displaced by the closures, as well as 
$1.8 million of other related costs. We expect to incur approximately $3 million of additional charges in the first half of fiscal 
2016 for personnel costs and site closure expenses related to this action until the closures are complete. 

Global Restructuring Program 
During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  we  announced  a  global  restructuring  program  focused  on  improving  our  cost 
structure.  This  action  included  early  retirement  and  reduction  in  force  programs  that  eliminated  over  200  net  positions, 
primarily in the U.S., where the action was substantially completed in fiscal 2014 with cash expenditures continuing during 
fiscal  2015.  The  program  also  included  a  reduction  of  our  European  manufacturing  capacity  and  a  streamlining  of  global 
operations by, among other things, executing a back office process transformation program in Europe. The restructuring in 
Europe is in process and has resulted in severance and benefit charges of $6.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2015, 
as well as other costs of $7.2 million related to legal and professional fees, temporary labor, project management, and other 
administrative functions. In the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we also reversed $0.5 million of previously recorded severance 
and benefit charges due to certain plan participants declining continuing healthcare coverage. 

Since the inception of the global restructuring program through September 30, 2015, we have recognized aggregate special 
charges of $37.6 million, which are recorded in both fiscal 2014 and 2015. Charges of $24.9 million were recorded in the 
year ended September 30, 2014, net of reversals. We expect to incur $5 to $10 million of additional European restructuring 
costs through the completion of the program. 

Discontinuance of Third-Party Payer Rentals 
Also during the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a plan to discontinue third-party payer rentals of therapy products 
occurring primarily in home care settings. Special charges recorded for this action included a $7.7 million non-cash tangible 
asset impairment charge, a $2.0 million charge for severance and other benefits for approximately 70 eliminated positions, 
and $1.6 million in other related costs, net of a reversal of $0.2 million which was recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2014. 
This action is substantially complete. 

Batesville Manufacturing Early Retirement Program 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we initiated a plan to improve our cost structure and streamline our organization by 
offering an early retirement program to certain manufacturing employees in our Batesville, Indiana plant, meeting specific 
eligibility  requirements,  and  other  minor  reduction  in  force  actions.  These  programs  resulted  in  the  elimination  of 
approximately 35 positions and required recognition of a special charge of approximately $1 million for lump sum payments 
under  the  program  and  severance  and  other  benefits  provided  to  other  affected  employees.  This  action  was  substantially 
complete by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2014. 

Fiscal 2013 Restructuring Program 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we announced a plan to improve our cost structure and streamline our organization 
by eliminating in excess of 100 positions across the Company, roughly half of which were contract and open positions. This 
resulted in a special charge of $1.7 million related to severance and other benefits to be provided to affected employees. We 
also incurred a contract termination charge of $0.6 million, a non-cash asset impairment charge of $0.2 million related to a 
product discontinuance action and $1.0 million in other related costs. We reversed $0.6 million of a fiscal 2012 severance and 
other  benefits  charge  that  was  determined  to  be  excessive  during  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2013.  During  the  third  and 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2013,  we  continued  actions  under  the  previously  announced  plan  and  incurred  charges  of 
$0.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively. These actions and the related cash expenditures are substantially complete.  

For  all  accrued  severance  and other benefit charges described  above, we  record restructuring reserves  within other current 
liabilities  and  other  long-term  liabilities.  The  reserve  activity  for  severance  and  other  benefits  during  fiscal  2015  was  as 
follows: 

Balance at September 30, 2014 .........................   $
Expenses ...........................................................    
Cash Payments ..................................................    
Reversals ...........................................................    
Balance at September 30, 2015 ......................   $

11.7 
23.1 
(10.0)
(0.5)
24.3 

NOTE 9. INCOME TAXES 

The significant components of income before income taxes and the consolidated income tax provision were as follows: 

  Years Ended September 30 
2013 
  2015 

2014 

Income before income taxes: 

Domestic ............................................   $ 
Foreign ...............................................     
Total .......................................................   $ 

49.2  $
15.9   
65.1  $

87.0  $  120.0 
28.2    
24.0 
115.2  $  144.0 

Income tax expense: 
Current provision 

Federal ................................................   $ 
State ....................................................     
Foreign ...............................................     
Total current provision...........................     
Deferred provision: 

Federal ................................................     
State ....................................................     
Foreign ...............................................     
Total deferred provision.........................     
Income tax expense ................................   $ 

35.3  $
3.6   
1.7   
40.6   

(18.1)  
(1.3)  
(2.9)  
(22.3)  
18.3  $

40.2  $ 
3.1    
7.4    
50.7    

(12.2)   
(1.0)   
17.1    
3.9    
54.6  $ 

45.0 
1.8 
7.0 
53.8 

(9.9)
1.1 
(6.0)
(14.8)
39.0 

Differences  between  income  tax  expense  reported  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  that  computed  based  upon  the 
application of the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate to the reported income before income taxes were as follows: 

2015 

% of 
Pretax 
Income 

   Amount 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

% of 
Pretax 
Income 

     Amount 

Amount 

2013 

% of 
Pretax 
Income 

Federal income tax (a) ........................    $ 
State income tax (b) ............................      
Foreign income tax (c) ........................      
Application of federal tax credits ........      
Adjustment of estimated income tax 
accruals ...............................................      
Valuation of tax attributes...................      
Domestic manufacturer's deduction ....      
Capitalized transaction costs ...............      
Other, net ............................................      
Income tax expense ............................    $ 

(a) 
At statutory rate. 
(b)  Net of Federal benefit. 
(c) 

Federal tax rate differential. 

22.8     
1.6     
(10.2)    
(2.2)    

(1.6)    
4.0     
(1.5)    
2.5     
2.9     
18.3     

35.0    $
2.4     
(15.7)    
(3.4)    

(2.4)    
6.2     
(2.3)    
3.8     
4.5     
28.1    $

73 

40.3     
2.0     
(7.7)    
(0.6)    

(0.6)    
21.3     
(1.8)    
0.3     
1.4     
54.6     

35.0    $ 
1.7      
(6.7)     
(0.5)     

(0.5)     
18.5      
(1.5)     
0.2      
1.2      
47.4    $ 

50.4     
2.5     
(5.7)    
(3.5)    

(1.5)    
0.6     
(2.2)    
-     
(1.6)    
39.0     

35.0 
1.7 
(4.0)
(2.4)

(1.0)
0.4 
(1.5)
- 
(1.1)
27.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
    
    
 
  
   
   
    
 
   
   
    
 
   
   
    
 
   
   
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
    
 
  
    
   
      
   
      
   
 
  
    
   
      
   
      
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
  
    
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to the deferred tax balance sheet accounts were as follows: 

 Years Ended September 30  

2015 

2014 

Deferred tax assets: 

Employee benefit accruals .......................   $
Inventory ..................................................     
Reserve for bad debts ...............................     
Net operating loss carryforwards .............     
Tax credit carryforwards ..........................     
Other, net ..................................................     

Less:  Valuation allowance ......................     
Total deferred tax assets .......................     

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Depreciation .............................................     
Amortization ............................................     
Other, net ..................................................     
Total deferred tax liabilities .....................     
Deferred tax asset (liability) - net ................   $

106.4  $
6.2    
8.4    
45.8    
11.7    
39.6    
218.1    
(40.7)   
177.4    

(35.3)   
(409.1)   
(16.4)   
(460.8)   
(283.4) $

49.3 
13.9 
10.0 
40.3 
2.5 
25.7 
141.7 
(28.3)
113.4 

(13.9)
(62.8)
(4.9)
(81.6)
31.8 

At  September  30,  2015,  we  had  $43.2  million  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  operating  loss  carryforwards  in  foreign 
jurisdictions that are subject to various carryforward periods with the majority eligible to be carried forward for an unlimited 
period. Additionally, we had $2.2 million of deferred tax assets related to federal net operating loss carryforwards which will 
expire between 2019 and 2033 and $0.4 million of deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards, which 
expire between 2016 and 2033. We had $11.7 million of deferred tax assets related to state tax credits, some of which will be 
carried forward for an unlimited period and some of which will expire between 2016 and 2026. 

The  gross  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  September  30,  2015  were  reduced  by  valuation  allowances  of  $40.7  million  primarily 
related  to  certain  foreign  deferred  tax  attributes  and  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  as  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some 
portion  or  all  of  these  tax  attributes  will  not  be  realized.  In  evaluating  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  would 
recover  our  deferred  tax  assets,  future  taxable  income,  the  reversal  of  existing  temporary  differences  and  tax  planning 
strategies were considered. We believe that our estimates for the valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets are 
appropriate based on current facts and circumstances. 

We operate under tax holidays in both Singapore and Puerto Rico. The Singapore tax holiday is effective through 2016 with 
potential to extend through 2018 while the Puerto Rico tax holiday is effective through 2025. Both incentives are conditional 
on meeting certain employment and/or investment thresholds. The impact of these tax holidays decreased foreign taxes by 
$4.3 million in fiscal 2015, $4.0 million for fiscal 2014 and $2.9 million for fiscal 2013. The benefit of the tax holidays on 
net income per share (diluted) was $0.07, $0.07 and $0.05 for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

With respect to the undistributed earnings of Welch Allyn’s foreign subsidiaries, given the timing of the acquisition, we are 
still evaluating the investment of such foreign earnings. As for the undistributed earnings of Hill-Rom’s foreign subsidiaries, 
including Welch Allyn for the post-acquisition period, foreign earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested for use in 
meeting working capital, business expansion and development, and other general needs. Accordingly, no provision has been 
made for deferred taxes related to the future repatriation of such earnings. If such earnings were repatriated, additional tax 
expense may result. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that may be payable upon any such distribution. 

We file a consolidated federal income tax return as well as multiple state, local and foreign jurisdiction tax returns. In the 
normal course of business, we are subject to examination by the taxing authorities in each of the jurisdictions where we file 
tax returns. During fiscal 2015, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) concluded its audit for fiscal year 2013 and initiated its 
post-filing  examination  of  the  fiscal  2014  consolidated  federal  return.  We  continue  to  participate  in  the  IRS  Compliance 
Assurance Program (“CAP”) for fiscal year 2015 and have submitted the application to remain in the CAP for fiscal years 
2016 and 2017. The CAP provides the opportunity for the IRS to review certain tax matters prior to us filing our tax return 
for the year, thereby reducing the time it takes to complete the post-filing examination. We are also subject to state and local 
or foreign income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years back to fiscal 2009. 

74 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
   
  
   
    
 
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welch Allyn also filed a consolidated federal income tax return as well as multiple state, local and foreign jurisdiction tax 
returns. In  the  normal  course  of  business,  Welch  Allyn  is  subject  to  examination  by  the  taxing  authorities  in  each  of  the 
jurisdictions where it files tax returns. During calendar year 2015, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) concluded its post-
filing audit for calendar year 2013 (subject to certain exceptions), and initiated its post-filing examination of the calendar year 
2014 consolidated federal return. Welch Allyn continues to participate in the IRS Compliance Assurance Program (“CAP”) 
for 2015 to include the period up through the date of the acquisition by Hill-Rom on September 8, 2015. Thereafter, Welch 
Allyn will be integrated into Hill-Rom’s CAP going forward. Welch Allyn has received Partial Acceptance Letters from the 
IRS under CAP for calendar years 2011 through 2014 primarily for an issue that’s before Competent Authority. 

We also have on-going audits in various stages of completion in several state and foreign jurisdictions, one or more of which 
may  conclude  within  the  next  12  months.  Such  settlements  could  involve  some  or  all  of  the  following:  the  payment  of 
additional taxes, the adjustment of certain deferred taxes and/or the recognition of unrecognized tax benefits. The resolution 
of  these  matters,  in  combination  with  the  expiration  of  certain  statutes  of  limitations  in  various  jurisdictions,  make  it 
reasonably  possible  that  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  decrease  as  a  result  of  either  payment  or  recognition  by 
approximately $0.5 to $1.5 million in the next twelve months, excluding interest. 

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $5.8 million, $4.1 million 
and $4.6 million, which includes $3.3 million, $2.7 million and $3.9 million that, if recognized, would impact the effective 
tax rate in future periods. The remaining amount relates to items which, if recognized, would not impact our effective tax 
rate. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Balance at October 1 ...................................................... $
Increases in tax position of prior years ..........................  
Decreases in tax position of prior years .........................  
Increases in tax positions related to the current year .....  
Settlements with taxing authorities ................................  
Lapse of applicable statute of limitations ......................  
Increase in positions due to acquisitions ........................  
Foreign currency adjustments ........................................  
Total change ..................................................................  
Balance at September 30 ................................................ $

4.1    $
0.4     
(1.3)   
-     
(1.2)   
(1.3)   
5.5     
(0.4)   
1.7     
5.8    $

4.6    $
2.1     
(0.9)   
-     
(0.1)   
(1.5)   
-     
(0.1)   
(0.5)   
4.1    $

9.8  
-  
(0.5) 
0.1  
(3.2) 
(1.7) 
-  
0.1  
(5.2) 
4.6  

We  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  a  component  of  income  tax  expense. 
Accrued interest and penalties, which are not presented in the reconciliation table above, were $3.0 million, $0.4 million and 
$0.6 million at September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Related to interest and penalties, we recognized an income tax benefit 
(expense) of $0.2 million in 2015, $0.2 million in 2014 and $0.1 million in 2013. 

NOTE 10. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE 

Basic earnings per share is calculated based upon the weighted average number of outstanding common shares for the period, 
plus the effect of deferred vested shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated consistent with the basic earnings per share 
calculation plus the effect of dilutive unissued common shares related to stock-based employee compensation programs. For 
all years presented, anti-dilutive stock options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive earnings per share. Excluded 
shares were 0.2 million, 0.3 million and 1.4 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013. Cumulative treasury stock acquired, 
less cumulative shares reissued, have been excluded in determining the average number of shares outstanding. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
Earnings per share is calculated as follows: 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Net income attributable to common shareholders .................................................    $ 

47.7    $ 

60.6    $

105.0 

Average shares outstanding - Basic (thousands) ...................................................      
Add potential effect of exercise of stock options 

57,249      

57,555     

59,910 

and other unvested equity awards (thousands) .......................................     
Average shares outstanding - Diluted (thousands)................................................     

1,287      
58,536      

968     
58,523     

340 
60,250 

Net income attributable to common shareholders per common share - Basic ......    $ 

0.83    $ 

1.05    $

1.75 

Net income attributable to common shareholders per common share - Diluted ...   $ 

0.82    $ 

1.04    $

1.74 

NOTE 11. SEGMENT REPORTING 

We  disclose  segment  information  that  is  consistent  with  the  way  in  which  management  operates  and  views  the  business. 
Beginning  in  fiscal  2014,  we  changed  our  definition  of  divisional  income  within  our  internal  reporting  to  management  to 
exclude  the  impacts  of  acquisition-related  intangible  asset  amortization.  All  segment  information  included  below  has  been 
updated to reflect this change. 

Our operating structure consists of the following three reporting segments: 

  North America - sells and rents our patient support and near-patient technologies and services, as well as our health 

information technology solutions, in the U.S. and Canada. 

  Surgical and Respiratory Care - sells and rents our surgical and respiratory care products globally. 

 

International -  sells  and  rents  similar  products  as  our  North  America  segment  in  regions  outside  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada. 

Our performance under each reportable segment is measured on a divisional income basis before non-allocated operating and 
administrative  costs,  impairment  of  other  intangibles,  litigation,  special  charges,  acquisition  and  integration  costs, 
acquisition-related  intangible  asset  amortization,  and  other  unusual  events.  Divisional  income  generally  represents  the 
division’s gross profit less its direct operating costs along with an allocation of manufacturing and distribution costs, research 
and development and certain corporate functional expenses. 

Non-allocated  operating  and  administrative  costs  include  functional  expenses  that  support  the  entire  organization  such  as 
administration,  finance,  legal  and  human  resources,  expenses  associated  with  strategic  developments,  acquisition-related 
intangible  asset  amortization,  and  other  events  that  are  not  indicative  of  operating  trends.  We  exclude  such  amounts  from 
divisional  income  to  allow  management  to  evaluate  and  understand  divisional  operating  trends  without  the  effects of  such 
items. 

76 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
  
    
      
      
 
  
    
      
     
 
    
      
     
 
  
    
      
     
 
  
    
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
In September 2015, we acquired Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc. (“Welch Allyn”). The results of Welch Allyn’s operations for 
the  22  days  under  our  ownership  are  reported  as  a  reconciling  item  in  our  segment  disclosures  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2015. 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Revenue: 

North America ...................................................................................................    $ 
Surgical and Respiratory Care ...........................................................................      
International ......................................................................................................      
Welch Allyn1 .....................................................................................................      
Total revenue ...............................................................................................   $ 

1,002.0    $ 
506.6      
429.4      
50.2      
1,988.2    $ 

888.9    $
301.6     
495.6     
-     
1,686.1    $

958.3 
245.8 
512.1 
- 
1,716.2 

Divisional income: 

North America ...................................................................................................    $ 
Surgical and Respiratory Care ...........................................................................      
International ......................................................................................................      

204.1    $ 
80.5      
12.8      

165.0    $
68.6     
24.9     

Other: 

Non-allocated operating costs, administrative costs, and other .........................     
Special charges ..................................................................................................      
Operating profit ...........................................................................................     

Interest expense .................................................................................................     
Investment income and other, net......................................................................      
Income before income taxes ........................................................................    $ 

173.1      
41.2      
83.1      

(18.4)     
0.4      
65.1    $ 

98.8     
37.1     
122.6     

(9.8)    
2.4     
115.2    $

201.7 
56.8 
33.5 

131.4 
5.7 
154.9 

(9.5)
(1.4)
144.0 

1  Welch  Allyn  is  not  considered  a  separate  reportable  segment  but  is  presented  as  a  reconciling  item  to  total  consolidated 
revenue. 

Geographic Information 

Geographic  data  for  net  revenue  and  long-lived  assets  (which  consist  mainly  of  property  and  equipment  leased  to  others) 
were as follows: 

Years Ended September 30 
2014 

2013 

2015 

Net revenue to unaffiliated customers: (a) 

United States ..............................................................................................    $
Foreign .......................................................................................................      
Total revenue .................................................................................................    $
Long-lived assets: (b) ....................................................................................      
United States ..............................................................................................    $
Foreign .......................................................................................................      
Total long-lived assets ...................................................................................    $

1,273.0    $
715.2     
1,988.2    $

1,070.8    $
615.3      
1,686.1    $

1,116.4 
599.8 
1,716.2 

263.9    $
114.5     
378.4    $

151.7    $
109.8      
261.5    $

158.0 
76.3 
234.3 

(a)  Net revenue is attributed to geographic areas based on the location of the customer. 
(b) 

Includes property and equipment leased to others. 

77 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
    
      
      
 
  
    
      
     
 
    
      
     
 
  
    
      
     
 
    
      
     
 
  
    
      
     
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
    
      
      
 
     
      
 
 
 
NOTE 12. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data by quarter for each of the last two fiscal years. 

2015 Quarter Ended 

December 31,
2014 

March 31, 
2015 

June 30,  
2015 

September 30, 
2015 

Net revenue ...................................................................................   $
Gross profit ...................................................................................   $
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders ...............   $
Basic net income (loss) attributable to common 
     shareholders per common share ...............................................   $
Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common 
     shareholders per common share ...............................................   $

465.0    $ 
199.9    $ 
12.1    $ 

474.8    $ 
214.2    $ 
26.1    $ 

474.5    $
209.5    $
19.1    $

0.21    $ 

0.46    $ 

0.34    $

0.21    $ 

0.45    $ 

0.33    $

573.9 
256.7 
(9.6)

(0.16)

(0.16)

2014 Quarter Ended 

December 31, 
2013 

March 31,  
2014 

June 30,  
2014 

September 30, 
2014 

Net revenue ...................................................................................   $
Gross profit ...................................................................................   $
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders ...............   $
Basic net income (loss) attributable to common 
     shareholders per common share ...............................................   $
Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common 
     shareholders per common share ...............................................   $

393.4    $
176.8    $
13.2    $

415.3    $ 
202.7    $ 
(3.3)   $ 

397.6    $
187.1    $
26.1    $

0.23    $

(0.06)   $ 

0.46    $

0.22    $

(0.06)   $ 

0.45    $

479.8 
213.3 
24.6 

0.43 

0.42 

NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Lease Commitments 

Rental expense for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $25.2 million, $24.7 million and $21.5 million. The table below 
indicates  the  minimum  annual  rental  commitments  (excluding  renewable  periods)  aggregating  $73.8  million,  for 
manufacturing  facilities,  warehouse  distribution  centers,  service  centers  and  sales  offices,  under  non-cancelable  operating 
leases. 

2016 ................................................................   $
2017 ................................................................   $
2018 ................................................................   $
2019 ................................................................   $
2020 ................................................................   $
2021 and beyond .............................................   $

 Amount
28.2
18.4
12.1
6.3
3.2
5.6

Self Insurance 

We are involved with various possible claims, including product and general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability 
and employment related matters. Such claims in the United States have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from 
$25  thousand  to  $1.0  million  per  occurrence  or  per  claim,  depending  upon  the  type  of  coverage  and  policy  period. 
International  deductibles  and  self-insured  retentions  are  lower.  We  are  also  generally  self-insured  up  to  certain  stop-loss 
limits for certain employee health benefits, including medical, drug and dental. Our policy is to estimate reserves based upon 
a number of factors including known claims, estimated incurred but not reported claims and outside actuarial analysis, which 
are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Such estimated reserves are classified 
as Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

78 

 
 
 
 
   
    
   
 
  
    
      
      
      
 
 
 
   
    
   
 
  
    
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Legal Proceedings 

Universal Hospital Services, Inc. Litigation 

On January 13, 2015, Universal Hospital Services, Inc. filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the 
Western  District  of  Texas.  The  plaintiff  alleges,  among  other  things,  that  we  engaged  in  certain  customer  contracting 
practices in violation of state and federal antitrust laws. The plaintiff also has asserted claims for tortious interference with 
business relationships. The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and money damages in an unspecified amount. We believe that the 
allegations are without merit and intend to defend this matter vigorously. 

Stryker Litigation 

On  April  4,  2011,  we  filed  two  separate  actions  against  Stryker  Corporation  alleging  infringement  of  certain  Hill-Rom 
patents covering proprietary communications networks, status information systems and powered wheels used in our beds or 
stretchers. Both suits sought monetary damages and injunctions against Stryker for selling or distributing any beds, stretchers 
or  ancillary  products  that  infringe  on  Hill-Rom’s  patents.  On  August  14,  2012,  we  entered  into  a  confidential  favorable 
settlement  agreement  with  Stryker  Corporation  to  resolve  our  claims  about  our  powered  wheel  patents,  and  on  March  26, 
2015, we entered into a confidential favorable settlement agreement with Stryker Corporation to resolve our claims about our 
status information systems. No trial date for the remaining claims covering proprietary communications networks has been 
set, and accordingly we cannot, at this time, assess the likelihood of any potential outcome or damages or other relief. 

General 

We  are  subject  to  various  other  claims  and  contingencies  arising  out  of  the  normal  course  of  business,  including  those 
relating to governmental investigations and proceedings, commercial transactions, product liability, employee related matters, 
antitrust, safety, health, taxes, environmental  and other matters. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the outcome 
of individual litigated matters is not predictable with assurance. It is possible that some litigation matters for which reserves 
have not been established could be decided unfavorably to us, and that any such unfavorable decisions could have a material 
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

Item 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our management, with the supervision and participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer (the “Certifying Officers”), has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation 
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2015. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to 
ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms 
and such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Certifying Officers and our Board of 
Directors, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Based upon that evaluation, the Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
September 30, 2015. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The report of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 
30, 2015 and the related report of our independent registered public accounting firm, are included under Part II, Item 8 of this 
Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have excluded Welch Allyn from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2015, 
because Welch Allyn was acquired by us in a purchase business combination in the fourth quarter of 2015. Welch Allyn is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenue represent 9 percent and 3 percent, respectively, of the related 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2015. We are currently in the process of 
evaluating and integrating Welch Allyn’s historical internal control over financial reporting structure with ours. We expect to 
complete this integration in fiscal 2016. 

Other  than  the  changes  noted  above,  there  have  been  no  other  changes  to  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting. 
Management’s report on our internal control over financial reporting is included under Item 8 above. 

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in 
January  2016  relating  to  our  2016  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (the  “2016  Proxy  Statement”),  under  the  headings 
“Election  of  Directors”,  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”,  and  “Corporate  Governance.” 
Information relating to our executive officers is included in this report in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Executive Officers 
of the Registrant.” 

Item 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this Item  is incorporated herein by reference to the 2016 Proxy Statement, under the heading 
“Executive Compensation.” 

Item 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2016 Proxy Statement, under the headings 
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.” 

Item 13. 

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  2016  Proxy  Statement,  where  such 
information is included under the heading “Corporate Governance.” 

Item 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  2016  Proxy  Statement,  where  such 
information  is  included  under  the  heading  “Proposals  Requiring  Your  Vote  -  Ratification  of  Appointment  of  Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm.” 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a) 

The following documents have been filed as a part of this Form 10-K or, where noted, incorporated by reference: 

(1) 

Financial Statements 

The financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are listed under Part II, Item 8 on the 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 41. 

(2) 

Financial Statement Schedules 

The  financial  statement  schedule  filed  in  response  to  Part  II,  Item  8  and  Part  IV,  Item  15(c)  of  Form  10-K  is 
listed under Part II, Item 8 on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 41. 

(3) 

Exhibits (See changes to Exhibit Index below): 

“The Exhibit Index, which follows the signature page to this Form 10-K and is hereby incorporated herein by 
reference, sets forth a list of those exhibits filed herewith, and includes and identifies management contracts or 
compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K by Item 601 (b)(10)(iii) of 
Regulation S-K.” 

The agreements included as exhibits to this Form 10-K are intended to provide information regarding their terms 
and not to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements. The 
agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreements, including us, solely for 
the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement. Such representation and warranties: 

 

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating 
the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; 

  may  have  been  qualified  by  disclosures  that  were  made  to  the  other  party  in  connection  with  the 
negotiation  of  the  applicable  agreement,  which  disclosures  are  not  necessarily  reflected  in  the 
agreement; 

  may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to 

certain investors; and 

  were  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  the  applicable  agreement  or  such  other  date  or  dates  as  may  be 

specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. 

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they 
were made or at any other time. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

For The Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

SCHEDULE II 

DESCRIPTION 

   BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO    CHARGED TO    
   BEGINNING      COSTS AND     
   OF PERIOD      EXPENSES 

OTHER 
    ACCOUNTS      

   DEDUCTIONS     
NET OF 
   RECOVERIES     

  BALANCE
  AT END 
  OF PERIOD

(Dollars in millions) 

ADDITIONS 

Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:       

Allowance for possible losses and sales returns - 

accounts receivable: 

Period Ended: 

September 30, 2015 ........................................    $ 

September 30, 2014 .........................................    $ 

September 30, 2013 .........................................    $ 

Allowance for inventory valuation: 

Period Ended: 

September 30, 2015 ........................................    $ 

September 30, 2014 .........................................    $ 

September 30, 2013 .........................................    $ 

Valuation allowance against deferred tax assets: 

Period Ended: 

September 30, 2015 ........................................    $ 

September 30, 2014 .........................................    $ 

September 30, 2013 .........................................    $ 

31.4    $

30.1    $

38.5    $

42.9    $

22.0    $

22.0    $

28.3    $

8.9    $

8.6    $

1.8    $

1.5    $

2.7    $

0.9    $

4.0    $

1.8    $

0.1  (a)    $ 

8.6  (a)    $ 

(0.1) (a)    $ 

(7.3 ) (b)  $

(8.8 ) (b)  $

(11.0 ) (b)  $

5.7  (c)    $ 

19.8  (c)    $ 

-    

   $ 

(4.0 ) (d)  $

(2.9 ) (d)  $

(1.8 ) (d)  $

4.0    $

21.3    $

0.6    $

11.1  (c)    $ 

-    

-    

   $ 

   $ 

(2.7 ) (e)   $

(1.9 ) (e)   $

(0.3 ) (e)   $

26.0

31.4

30.1

45.5

42.9

22.0

40.7

28.3

8.9

(a)  Reduction of gross revenue for uncollectible health care rental reimbursements, cash discounts and other adjustments in 

determining net revenue.  Also includes the effect of acquired businesses, if any. 

(b)  Generally reflects the write-off  of specific receivables against recorded reserves. 

(c)  Generally reflects the effect of acquired businesses, if any. 

(d)  Generally reflects the write-off of specific inventory against recorded reserves. 

(e)  Primarily reflects write-offs of deferred tax assets against the valuation allowance and other movement of the valuation 

allowance offset by an opposing change in deferred tax assets. 

83 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
   
    
     
    
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
     
      
      
    
     
    
    
      
      
    
     
    
    
     
      
      
    
     
    
    
     
      
      
    
     
    
    
  
     
      
      
    
     
    
    
     
      
      
    
     
    
    
  
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
  
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
  
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
  
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
     
     
     
    
     
     
   
 
 
 
  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. 

By: /s/  John J. Greisch 
John J. Greisch 

   President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date: November 19, 2015 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

/s/       Rolf A. Classon   

Rolf A. Classon 
Chairman of the Board 

/s/       John J. Greisch   

John J. Greisch 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

  /s/       James R. Giertz   

James R. Giertz 
Director 

  /s/       Charles E. Golden   

Charles E. Golden 
Director 

/s/       Steven J. Strobel   

Steven J. Strobel 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
 (Principal Financial Officer) 

  /s/       William H. Kucheman   

William H. Kucheman 
Director 

/s/       Richard G. Keller   

Richard G. Keller 
Vice President — Controller and 
Chief Accounting Officer 
 (Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/       William G. Dempsey.   

William G. Dempsey 
Director 

Date: November 19, 2015 

  /s/       Ronald A. Malone   

Ronald A. Malone 
Director 

  /s/       Eduardo R. Menascé   

Eduardo R. Menascé 
Director 

Stacy Enxing Seng 
Director 

84 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                          
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
  
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements are designated with “*”. 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 16, 2015 by and among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., Empire Merger Sub 
Corp.,  and  Welch  Allyn  Holdings,  Inc.  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  filed  with  the  Form  8-K 
dated June 17, 2015) 

Share  Purchase  and  Transfer  Agreement  dated  as  of  June  13,  2014  by  and  among  TRUMPF  International 
Beteiligungs-GmbH,  Hill-Rom  Holdings  Netherlands  B.V.,  HR  Europe  B.V.  and  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc. 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 filed with Form 8-K dated June 16, 2014) 

Restated  and  Amended  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.,  as  currently  in  effect  (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with Form 8-K dated March 10, 2010) 

Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 filed with Form 8-K dated March 10, 2010) 

Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Union Bank, N.A. (as successor to 
LaSalle  Bank  National  Association  and  Harris  Trust  and  Savings  Bank)  as  Trustee  (Incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit (4) (a) to Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 33-44086) 

Indenture  dated  as  of  September  1,  2015,  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  MUFG  Union  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K dated September 8, 2015) 

*10.1  Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Short Term Incentive Compensation Program (Incorporated herein 

by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 10-K dated November 24, 2009) 

*10.2 

Form  of  Director  Indemnity  Agreement  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  filed  with  Form  10-K 
dated December 23, 2003) 

*10.3 

Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  certain  executive  officers  (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011) 

*10.4  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Board  of  Directors’  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.10 filed with Form 10-Q dated July 13, 2001) 

*10.5  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Director  Phantom  Stock  Plan  and  form  of  award  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.11 filed with Form 10-Q dated July 13, 2001) 

*10.6 

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Stock 
Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 filed with Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011) 

*10.7 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (CEO version) under Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, 
Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 filed with Form 10-K dated November 
16, 2011) 

*10.8  Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by 

reference to Exhibit 10.30 filed with Form 10-K dated November 24, 2009) 

*10.9 

Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  31,  2008  between  Hill-Rom  Company,  Inc.  and  Richard  G.  Keller 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 filed with Form 10-Q dated May 14, 2008) 

*10.10  Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix I to the Company’s 

definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated January 7, 2009) 

85 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.11  Employment Agreement dated January 6, 2010 between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John J. Greisch (Incorporated 

herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K dated January 7, 2010) 

*10.12  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Susan  R.  Lichtenstein  dated  May  10,  2010 

(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed with Form 10-Q dated May 6, 2010) 

*10.13  Form  of  Change  in  Control  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  certain  of  its  officers,  including 
Named  Executive  Officers  (other  than  the  CEO)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.58  filed  with  the 
Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2010) 

*10.14  Amended Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John J. Greisch dated September 30, 

2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2010) 

*10.15  2014 Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy 

*10.16  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive 

Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2010) 

*10.17  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (CEO  version)  under  Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc. 
Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.65  filed  with  the  Company’s  Form  10-K  dated 
November 17, 2010) 

*10.18  FY 2011 Form of Performance Based Stock Award under the Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.61 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011) 

*10.19  FY 2011 Form of Performance Based Stock Award under the Stock Incentive Plan (CEO version) (Incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.62 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011) 

*10.20  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Short-Term  Incentive  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Appendix  1  to  the  Hill-Rom 

Holdings, Inc. Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A dated January 18, 2011) 

*10.21  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (Incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 10.69 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011) 

*10.22  Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Alton Shader, dated July 11, 2011 (Incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q dated July 28, 2011) 

*10.23  Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Andreas Frank, dated October 3, 2011 (Incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 10.72 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011) 

*10.24  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Carlyn  Solomon,  dated  October  3,  2014 

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 9, 2014) 

*10.25  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Steven  Strobel,  dated  October  23,  2014 

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 27, 2014) 

10.26 

Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2015 among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., the lenders named therein, and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. as Term Loan A agent for the lenders and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as Term Loan B 
agent for the lenders (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K dated September 8, 2015) 

*10.27  Form  of  Limited  Recapture  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  certain  of  its  officers,  including 
Named Executive Officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated 
November 20, 2013) 

*10.28  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Carlos  Alonso-Marum  dated  March  19,  2015 

(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2015) 

86 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.29 

Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Kenneth Meyers dated September 23, 2015 

*10.30 

Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Taylor Smith dated November 11, 2013 

10.31 

FY 2016 Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy 

21 

23 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.1 

32.2 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

101.INS     XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB    XBRL Extension Labels Linkbase Document 

101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

EXHIBIT 21 

All subsidiaries of the Company as of November 19, 2015 are wholly-owned Indiana corporations, unless otherwise noted. 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. 

Hill-Rom, Inc. 
Eagle Acquisition Sub B.V, a Netherlands corporation 
Huntersville Insurance Company, Inc., a Utah corporation 
Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc., a New York corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom, Inc. 

Advanced Respiratory, Inc., a Minnesota corporation 
Allen Medical Systems, Inc. 
Hill-Rom Services, Inc. 
Aspen Surgical Products Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
Trumpf Medical Systems, Inc. 

Subsidiary of Allen Medical Systems, Inc. 

AMATECH Corporation 

Subsidiary of Aspen Surgical Products Holding, Inc. 

Aspen Surgical Products, Inc., a Michigan corporation 

Subsidiary of Aspen Surgical Products, Inc. 

Aspen Surgical Puerto Rico Corp., a Puerto Rico corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom, Inc. and Advanced Respiratory, Inc. 

Hill-Rom Company, Inc. 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Company, Inc. 

Hill-Rom International, Inc. 
MEDIQ/PRN Life Support Systems, LLC 
Hill-Rom Logistics, LLC 
Hill-Rom Company Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Services, Inc. 
Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc. 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc. 
Hill-Rom Finance Limited Partner, Inc. 
Hill-Rom Manufacturing Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom International, Inc. 

Hill-Rom Pty, Ltd, an Australia corporation 
Hill-Rom Asia Limited, a Hong Kong corporation 
Hill-Rom Japan KK, a Japan corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom Pty, Ltd and Trumpf Medizin Systeme GmbH & Co KG 

Trumpf Med (Aust) Pty Limited, an Australia corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Asia Limited 

Hill-Rom Business Services Co., Ltd, a China corporation 
Hill-Rom Shanghai Ltd., a China corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom Finance Limited Partner, Inc., Hill-Rom, Inc. and Aspen Surgical Products, Inc. 

Hill-Rom EU C.V., a Netherlands partnership 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary of Hill-Rom EU C.V 

Hill-Rom (Gibraltar) General Partner Limited, a Gibraltar Corporation 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom (Gibraltar) General Partner Limited 

Hill-Rom Holding (Gibraltar) Limited, a Gibraltar Corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom Holding (Gibraltar) Limited and Hill-Rom (Gibraltar) General Partner Limited 

HR Finance C.V., a Netherlands partnership 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Holding (Gibraltar) Limited 

Hill-Rom International S.á r.l./B.V., a Luxembourg corporation 

Subsidiaries of HR Finance C.V. 

HR Europe B.V. a Netherlands corporation 
Hill-Rom Global Holdings, B.V., a Netherlands corporation 
Hill-Rom Receivables, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Global Holdings, B.V. 

Hill-Rom Holdings Netherlands, B.V., a Netherlands corporation 
Hill-Rom Singapore Holdings S.á r.l., a Luxembourg corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom Global Holdings B.V. and Hill-Rom International S.á r.l./B.V. 

Hill-Rom SPRL, a Belgium corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom Holding Netherlands, B.V. and Hill-Rom Holding (Gibraltar) Limited 

Hill-Rom HB, a Sweden partnership 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Singapore Holdings S.á r.l. 

Hill-Rom Services Pte, Ltd., a Singapore corporation 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Services Pte, Ltd., a Singapore corporation 
Hill-Rom Canada Respiratory, Ltd., a Canada corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom Holdings Netherlands, B.V., 

Hill-Rom UK (Holdings) Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation 
Trumpf Medizin Systeme Beteiligungs GmbH, a Germany corporation 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Holdings Netherlands BV and HR Europe BV 

Trumpf Medizin Systeme GmbH & Co KG, a Germany partnership 

Subsidiaries of Trumpf Medizin Systeme GmbH & Co KG 

Trumpf Medical Systems Ltd. (UK), a United Kingdom corporation 
Trumpf Medical Systems (Taicang) Co., Limited, a China corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom UK (Holdings) Ltd. 

Aspen Medical Europe Limited (UK), a United Kingdom corporation 
Hill-Rom Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Ltd. 

Hill-Rom (UK), Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom International S.á r.l./B.V. 
Hill-Rom B.V., a Netherlands corporation 
Hill-Rom S.A., a Switzerland corporation 
Hill-Rom Austria GmbH, an Austria corporation 
Hill-Rom Sociedade Unipessoal, LDA a Portugal corporation 
Hill-Rom Poland sp. z o.o., a Poland corporation 
Hill-Rom Canada, Ltd., a Canada Corporation 
Hill-Rom SARL, a France corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jointly owned subsidiaries of Hill-Rom International S.á r.l./B.V. and Hill-Rom Services, Inc. 

Hill-Rom India Private Ltd., an India corporation 
Hill-Rom Rus, LLC, a Russia Limited Liability Company 
Hill-Rom de Mexico S de RL de CV, a Mexico corporation 
Hill-Rom Servicios S de RL de CV, a Mexico corporation 
Hill-Rom Comercializador a de Mexico S de RL de CV, a Mexico corporation 
Hill-Rom Importacao e Comercio de Equipamentos Medicos Ltda, a Brazil corporation 
Hill-Rom Turkey Medikal Urunler Dagitim ve Ticaret Limited Sirketi, a Turkey corporation 

Subsidiary of Hill-Rom Austria GmbH 

Trumpf Medizinsystems Osterreich GmbH, an Austria corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom SARL 

Hill-Rom Industries SA, a France corporation 
Hill-Rom, S.p.A, an Italy corporation 
Hill-Rom SAS, a France corporation 
Hill-Rom Iberia S.L., a Spain corporation 
Hill-Rom AB, a Sweden corporation 
Trumpf Systemes Medicaux SAS, a France corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Hill-Rom SARL and Hill-Rom SAS 

Hill-Rom sro, a Czech Republic corporation 

Subsidiaries of Hill-Rom AB 

Liko R&D AB, a Sweden corporation 
Liko AB, a Sweden corporation 
Hill-Rom Norway, a Norway corporation 

Subsidiary of Liko AB 

Völker Verwaltung GmbH, a Germany corporation 

Jointly owned subsidiary of Liko AB and Eagle Acquisition Sub B.V. 
Völker Holdings GmbH & Co KG, a Germany partnership 

Subsidiaries of Völker Holdings GmbH & Co KG 
Völker GmbH, a Germany corporation 
Hill-Rom GmbH, a Germany corporation 

Subsidiary of Völker GmbH 

Völker BVBA, a Belgium corporation 

Subsidiaries of Welch Allyn Holdings, Inc. 

Welch Allyn, Inc. a New York corporation 
Welch Allyn ATR, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiaries of Welch Allyn, Inc. 

Welch Allyn International Ventures, Inc. a Delaware corporation 
Welch Allyn Protocol, Inc., an Oregon corporation 
Hubble Telemedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
Welch Allyn International Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation 
Welch Allyn Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiaries of Welch Allyn International Holdings, Inc. 

Welch Allyn South Africa Pty, Ltd., a South Africa corporation 
Welch Allyn UK Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation 
Welch Allyn B.V., a Netherlands corporation 
Welch Allyn France, Sarl, a France corporation 
Welch Allyn Malaysia SDN, Bhd, a Malaysia corporation 
Welch Allyn Italia S.R.L., an Italy corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welch Allyn Singapore Pte, Ltd., a Singapore corporation 
Welch Allyn Japan K.K., a Japan corporation 
Welch Allyn GmbH, a German corporation 
Welch Allyn CV Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiaries of Welch Allyn International Ventures, Inc. and Welch Allyn International Holdings, Inc. 

Welch Allyn Columbia Ltda, a Columbia corporation 
Welch Allyn do Brasil Comercia de Equipmentos Medicos, Ltda, a Brazil corporation 

Subsidiary of Welch Allyn CV Holdings, LLC and Welch Allyn International Holdings, Inc. 

WA Holdings, C.V. a Netherlands partnership 

Subsidiary of WA Holdings, C.V. 

Welch Allyn Coop Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiary of WA Holdings, C.V. and Welch Allyn Coop Holdings, LLC 

Welch Allyn International Holdings Cooperatief, U.A. a Netherlands cooperative 

Subsidiaries of Welch Allyn International Holdings Cooperatief, U.A. 

Welch Allyn Canada Limited, a Canada corporation 
Welch Allyn EME B.V. a Netherlands corporation 
Welch Allyn Limited, an Ireland corporation 
Welch Allyn Australia Pty Limited, an Australia corporation 
Welch Allyn Maquila Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company 

Subsidiary of Welch Allyn Maquila Holdings, LLC and WA Holdings, C.V. 
Welch Allyn de Mexico s. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexico corporation 

Subsidiary of Welch Allyn Si Subsidiary of Welch Allyn International Holdings Cooperatief, U.A. 
and Welch Allyn Coop Holdings, Limited Liability Company 

Welch Allyn Productos Medicos s. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexico corporation 

Subsidiary of Welch Allyn Singapore Pte, Ltd. 

Welch Allyn Medical Equipment (Suzhou) Co. Ltd., a China corporation 

Subsidiary of Welch Allyn B.V. 

Welch Allyn Sverige, AB, a Sweden corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  (Nos.  333-157341, 
333-157338,  333-88354,  333-49669,  and  333-88328)  of  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  November  19,  2015, 
relating  to  the  financial  statements,  financial  statement  schedule  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. 

EXHIBIT 23 

/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Indianapolis, Indiana 
November 19, 2015 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS 

EXHIBIT 31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I, John J. Greisch, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: November 19, 2015 

/s/ John J. Greisch 
John J. Greisch 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I, Steven J. Strobel, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: November 19, 2015 

/s/ Steven J. Strobel 
Steven J. Strobel 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  for  the  year  ended 
September  30,  2015,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  John  J. 
Greisch,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company. 

/s/ John J. Greisch 
John J. Greisch 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
November 19, 2015 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and 
will  be  retained  by  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  its  staff 
upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.2 

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Steven J. 
Strobel, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company. 

/s/ Steven J. Strobel 
Steven J. Strobel 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

November 19, 2015 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and 
will  be  retained  by  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  its  staff 
upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank]